Chap 1-10

TP/Bz-TK/Pt-ds
GEBR. PFEIFFER AG KAISERSLAUTERN - 2008
OPERATING INSTRUCTIONS
BA200800286
for grinding plant
with roller mill type MPS 250 BK
Order No.: 25301 - 25313 + 25675 + 25981
Manufacturing year: 2008
Customer: KHD Humboldt Wedag GmbH

Postfach 51170
51067 Köln
Project: KATRANA CEMENT COMPANY (KCC)
Manufacturer: Gebr. Pfeiffer AG

Barbarossastraße 50 – 54 (goods)
D-67655 Kaiserslautern
Postfach 30 80 (correspondence)
D-67618 Kaiserslautern
Telephone: ++49 (0) 631 / 41 61-0

Telefax: ++49 (0) 631 / 41 61-1 91
- Foreword -
ge0800286_00.doc Page 1 / 2
GEBR. PFEIFFER AG Foreword BA200800286-E/D
KAISERSLAUTERN Edition 11.2008
Foreword to the operating instructions
These operating instructions are designed to familiarize the user with the machine
and its designated use.
The instruction manual contains important information on how to operate the

machine safely, properly and most efficiently. Observing these instructions helps to
avoid danger, to reduce repair costs and downtimes and to increase the reliability
and life of the machine.
The instruction manual is to be supplemented by the respective national rules and

regulations for accident prevention and environmental protection.
The operating instructions must always be available wherever the machine is in use.
These operating instructions must be read and applied by any person in charge of
carrying out work with and on the machine, such as:
- operation including setting up, troubleshooting in the course of work,

evacuation of production waste, care and disposal of fuels and
consumables.
- maintenance (servicing, inspection, repair) and/or
- transport
In addition to the operating instructions and to the mandatory rules and regulations
for accident prevention and environmental protection in the country and place of use
of the machine, the generally recognized technical rules for safe and proper working
must also be observed.
Copyright
The copyright to these operating instructions remains with GEBR. PFEIFFER AG.
The operating instructions are meant for the user and the operating personnel of the
machine. They must not be copied in full nor in part or be used for unauthorized
competition purposes.
- List of Revisions -
- Contents -
ge0800286_00.doc Page 2 / 2
department: rev.-no.:
revision list made by: Barz/Prägert rev. date:
GEBR. PFEIFFER AG
Kaiserslautern made on: 20.10.2008 checked by:
no.: 200800286 checked on: 28.11.2008
client: KHD Humboldt Wedag GmbH, Köln project: KATRANA CEMENT - MPS 250 BK order no.: 25301-25313+25675+25981
Rev checked, appoved by date language documents
00 Mr. Barz // Mr. Prägert 20.11.2008 E/D first editon
kved8520.xls 1/1
GEBR. PFEIFFER AG BA200800286-E/D
KAISERSLAUTERN Table of Contents Edition 11.2008
Contents
- Cover sheet
- Foreword
- Revision list
- Table of contents
1. Process data File 1

1.1 Rating data
1.2 Process description
Flow sheet
2. Fundamental safety instructions

2.1 Warnings
2.2 Basic operation and designated use of the machine
2.3 Organizational measures
2.4 Selection and qualification of personnel – basic responsibilities
2.5 Safety instructions governing specific operational phases
2.6 Warning of special dangers
2.7 Safety instructions for the user
2.8 Safety instructions for coal mills
3. Technical description
3.1 Design and operation
3.2 Description of the main constructional components
3.3 Measuring and regulating equipment
4. Transport and erection

4.1 Transport
4.1.1 Storage
4.1.2 Scope of supply
4.2 Erection
4.2.1 General instructions
4.2.2 Erection size - machine
5. Commissioning
5.1 Measures to be taken before commissioning
5.1.1 Erection control
5.1.2 Performance control
5.2 Commissioning
6. Operation
6.1 Start-up after operational shut-down
6.2 Shut-down
6.3 Start-up after longer downtime periods
6.4 Important
6.4.1 Operation in the winter
General data
ge0800286-I.doc page 1 / 5
7. Malfunctions
7.1 General instructions
7.1.1 Comments on indication of malfunctions
7.2 Table of malfunctions
8. Maintenance
Before machine restart
8.2 Inspection and servicing

8.2.1 List of inspection and service works
8.2.2 Description of service works
8.2.2.1 Clearing of reject box
8.2.2.2 Seal air pressure
8.2.2.3 Lifetime and marking of a hydraulic hose pipe
8.2.2.4 Checking of the oil level in the grinding rollers
8.2.2.5 Oil change at grinding rollers
8.2.2.6 Check of automatic leveling of grinding rollers
8.2.2.7 Lubrication of classifier bearing
8.2.3 Table: Tightening torques for screws
Table: Wear limits
Leaflet: Wear measurement at grinding elements
8.3 Lubrication instructions

8.3.1 General hints
8.3.2 Instructions for lubrication of grinding roller bearings
Lubrication plan
Lubrication list
Lubrication chart
8.4 Repair
8.4.1 How to lift the classifier off the grinding plant
8.4.2 Removal and mounting of grinding rollers
8.4.3 Replacement of roller tyres
8.4.4 Replacement of grinding plate segments
8.4.5 Replacement of liner plates
8.4.6 Removal of one hydraulic cylinder of the tensioning system
8.4.7 Repair of the oil pressure piping to go with the tensioning system
8.4.8 Replacement of roller bearings and seals of the grinding rollers
8.4.8.1 Preparatory work
8.4.8.2 Removal of radial shaft sealing rings
8.4.8.3 Fitting of radial shaft sealing rings
8.4.8.4 Removal of roller bearings
8.4.8.5 Fitting of roller bearings
8.4.9 Replacement of pressure yokes
ge0800286-I.doc page 2 / 5
8.4.10 Removal of grit cone and louvre

8.4.11 Removal of separating wheel and separating wheel hub
8.4.12 Removal of classifier drive
8.4.13 Removal of classifier bearing
Annex
Auxiliary equipment for removal of ball sockets
Tool box – packing list
Drawings
9. Spare parts File 2

9.1.1 How to use the spare parts lists
9.2 Spare parts lists / Spare parts drawing
- Mill
- Classifier
10. Lists and drawings

10.1 List of machines and equipment
10.2 List of electric consumers
- flow sheet (see chap. 10.4)
10.3 Interlocking diagram
10.4 List of measuring points
- flow sheet
10.5 Foundation plan
11. Plant components

Operating instructions / Data sheets
11.1 Overbelt magnetic separator File 3
11.2 Metal detector, with

- air filter controller for two-way chute
11.3 Conveying belt
11.4 Self-purifying rotary feeder, with

- gearmotor
- coupling
- rotation monitor
11.5 Proportioning station, with File 4

- load cells
- proportioning steel plate conveyor
- proportioning belt scales
- discharging belt
ge0800286-I.doc page 3 / 5
11.6 Tension device for the roller mill, with File 5

- hydraulic unit
- hydraulic cylinder
- linear displacement transducer system
11.7 Lift-and-Swing System, with

- hydraulic unit
- hydraulic cylinder
11.8 Seal air system, with

- fan
- pressure measuring
11.9 Water injection, with File 6

- pump, with
- gearmotor
- frequency converters
- fill level measurement of water tank
- flow meter
- 2/2-way valve
- pressure switch
- corner overflow valve
- non-return valve
- maintenance unit for compressed air
11.10 Mill drive, with File 7

gearbox, with
- coupling
- oil supply unit
- maintenance drive
11.11 Vibration monitoring for the mill gearbox
11.12 Classifier drive, with File 8

- gearmotor
- coupling
- shrinkage disc
11.13 Plant fan, with

- louver flaps
11.14 Rotary locks, for

- hot gas cyclone
- coal mill filter
11.15 Pulverized coal screw conveyors File 9
ge0800286-I.doc page 4 / 5
11.16 Flaps and dampers in the plant

- safety flaps
- control dampers
11.17 Pressure release hood
11.18 Process filter for coal grinding plant File 10
11.19 Expansion joints
ge0800286-I.doc page 5 / 5
GEBR. PFEIFFER AG Chapter 1 BA200800286-E/D
KAISERSLAUTERN Process Data Edition 11.2008
1. Process data
( 0000.00 ) corresponds to the identification numbers in the flow sheet.
1.1 Rating data
Feed material (main component): pet coke
Feed size: 0 – 60 mm max.
Grinding output: 30 t/h pet coke
Product fineness: 4 % residue on 0.090 mm
Residual moisture: ≤ 0.5 %
Inlet temperature: max. 185°C
Outlet temperature: max. 95°C
Volume flow: max. 46,000 nm³/h at mill inlet
Hardgrove index: 60° HGI
The vertical roller mill supplied (type MPS 250 BK) has been rated for the grinding of
pet coke with the following burning and explosion characteristics. If other coal types
with different characteristics are to be ground, it must be verified whether the
grinding plant is suited in terms of its explosion protection. Particularly when it
comes to grinding coal types that achieve an increased explosion overpressure, the
necessary action such as design related explosion protection (e.g. pressure relief
before and after the mill) or preventive explosion protection (by the plant operator)
must be taken.
ge0800286-01.doc Page 1 / 4
Burning and explosion characteristics:
¾ Dust explosion classification: St1 (KSt 0 – 200 bar m/s) (assumed)
¾ Volatile matter: 20 % (assumed)
¾ Maximum explosion overpressure: 7.0 bar overpressure (assumed)
¾ KSt explosivity value: max. 150 bar m/s (assumed)
¾ Ignition temperature: 550°C (assumed)
¾ Smouldering temperature: 300°C (assumed)
¾ Minimum ignition energy: > 1,000 mJ (assumed)
1.2 Process description
The process description is based on flow sheets no. 841-32-265 sheets 39-41,
166599-1 and 170 674.
Pet coke is delivered from the raw pet coke storage to the raw pet coke silos
(7211FB1+2), using belt conveyors (7115BC3-5) to be supplied by a third party.
From the silos equipped with a needle slide, pet coke is withdrawn in dosed
quantities by means of belt scales (7211WF1+2) and transported to the mill
(7211RM1) by a belt conveyor (7211BC1).
The material is fed to the MPS 250 BK vertical roller mill via the self-purifying rotary
feeder (7211RF1). In the mill, the material is ground, dried and classified all at the
same time.
The finished product carried out of the classifier by the gas stream is separated in a
bag filter (7217BF3), withdrawn from the filter by rotary locks (7217RF3-5) and
screw conveyors (7217SC3+4) and (7215SC1+2) and delivered to the pulverized
pet coke silos (7421SO1 and 7411SO1). A sampler (7215SM1) is arranged between
the screw conveyors. (Sampler to be supplied by a third party.)
The mill fan (7217FN3) is arranged downstream of the bag filter. The adjustment of
the required gas volume is effected by louver flaps.
The negative pressure ahead of the mill is regulated with the stack flap (7217LD2)
and recirculating air flap (7217LD3). Expansion joints are fitted to compensate for
the linear thermal expansion of the ductwork caused by varying temperatures. The
metallic expansion joints are of pressure-shock-resistant design.
Inert rotary kiln exhaust gases are used to dry the feed material.
ge0800286-01.doc Page 2 / 4
Explosion protection
Relevant parts of the plant are fitted with protection features for purposes of
explosion protection.
Ducting
An explosion vent with a pressure relief flap is provided for the release of pressure
from the duct system. If an explosion takes place inside the ducting, the spring-
loaded hood reacts, releasing pressure from the ducting. Thus secondary
explosions are prevented. After the explosion vent has reacted, the grinding plant
must not be restarted until after the mechanical equipment and sensors have been
checked and/or replaced.
Bag filter
The relief system for the bag filter consists of flaps. These open as soon as a
defined overpressure occurs and close once the overpressure has been released.
After the flaps have reacted, the grinding plant must not be restarted until after the
mechanical equipment and sensors have been checked and/or replaced.
Explosion propagation
Besides the standard flaps which regulate the volume flows, there are quick-action
safety flaps (7213FI1, 7217FI1+2) actuated via gravity. A measurement signal (CO
concentration or excessive temperature) from the monitoring measuring unit causes
the quick-action safety flaps to shut the hot gas lines. The safety flaps prevent
further air from entering the system and reduce the risk of possible (secondary)
explosions.
Measurement and control technology
For monitoring the grinding plant, measuring units are installed in the gas routes
from mill to main filter. Equipment for CO/O2 analysis are located downstream of the
filter. Temperature transmitters are installed after the mill, in the ductings, in the
filter, and in the pulverized pet coke silos.
The control of this monitoring equipment and the entire inerting unit are part of the
supply of the third party.
The CO and temperature measurement provides the basis for controlling the safety
units such as the quick-action flaps and the inerting system. When the pre-set alarm
values are reached, a signal is generated; and when the trigger values are
exceeded, the plant stops. A rise in CO levels may also indicate the presence of a
smouldering fire.
When the O2 values are exceeded, there is the danger of an explosion. Two limit
values are set in the interlocking system: one for alarm and another one for plant
shutdown.
Inerting in case of a malfunction
The CO2 inerting unit (7414SL01) serves the prevention of dust explosions and the
extinction of smouldering fires. If the allowable CO levels are exceeded or in case of
ge0800286-01.doc Page 3 / 4
excessive temperature, the grinding plant is flooded with CO2 in different places to
extinguish any smouldering fires and/or suppress the formation of ignitable mixtures,
thereby preventing explosions.
ge0800286-01.doc Page 4 / 4
KAISERSLAUTERN Safety Instructions Edition 11.2008
__________________________________________________________________________
2. Fundamental safety instructions
2.1 Warnings
The following warnings are used in the manual to designate instructions of

particular importance.
Important! (refers to special information on how to use the machine most

efficiently)
Attention! (refers to special information and/or orders and prohibitions

directed towards preventing damage)
Danger! (refers to orders and prohibitions designed to prevent injury or

extensive damage)
2.2 Basic operation and designated use of the machine
The machine has been built in accordance with the state-of-the-art standards and
the recognized safety rules. Nevertheless its use may constitute a risk to life and
limb of the user or of third parties, or cause damage to the machine and to other
material property.
The machine must only be used in technically perfect condition in accordance

with its designated use and the instructions set out in the operating manual, and
only by safety-conscious persons who are fully aware of the risks involved in
operating the machine. Any functional disorders, especially those affecting the
safety of the machine, should therefore be rectified immediately.
The machine is designed exclusively for the purpose described in chapter 1.

Using the machine for purposes other than those mentioned above is considered
contrary to its designated use. The manufacturer/supplier cannot be held liable
for any damage resulting from such use. The risk of such misuse lies entirely with
the user.
Operating the machine within the limits of its designated use also involves
observing the instructions set out in the operating manual and complying with the
inspection and maintenance directives.
ge0800286_02.doc Page 1 / 12
__________________________________________________________________________
2.3 Organizational measures
The operating instructions must always be at hand at the place of use of the
machine.
In addition to the operating instructions, observe and instruct the user in all other
generally applicable legal and other mandatory regulations relevant to accident
prevention and environmental protection.
These compulsory regulations may also deal with the handling of hazardous
substances, issuing and/or wearing of personal protective equipment, or traffic
regulations.
The operating instructions must be supplemented by instructions covering the

duties involved in supervising and notifying special organizational features, such
as job organization, working sequences or the personnel entrusted with the work.
Personnel entrusted with work on the machine must have read the operating
instructions and in particular the chapter on safety before beginning work.
Reading the instructions after work has begun is too late. This applies especially
to persons working only occasionally on the machine, e.g. during setting up or
maintenance.
Check - at least from time to time - whether the personnel is carrying out the work
in compliance with the operating instructions and paying attention to risks and
safety factors.
For reasons of security, long hair must be tied back or otherwise secured,
garments must be close-fitting and no jewellery - such as rings - may be worn.
Injury may result from being caught up in the machinery or from rings catching on
moving parts.
Use protective equipment wherever required by the circumstances or by law.
Observe all safety instructions and warnings attached to the machine.
See to it that safety instructions and warnings attached to the machine are
always complete and perfectly legible.
In the event of safety-relevant modifications or changes in the behaviour of the

machine during operation, stop the machine immediately and report the
malfunction to the competent authority/person.
Never make any modifications, additions or conversions which might affect safety
without the supplier's approval. This also applies to the installation and
adjustment of safety devices and valves as well as to welding work on load-
bearing elements.
ge0800286_02.doc Page 2 / 12
__________________________________________________________________________
Spare parts must comply with the technical requirements specified by the
manufacturer. Spare parts from original equipment manufacturers can be relied
to do so.
Never modify the software of programmable control systems.
Replace hydraulic hoses within stipulated and appropriate intervals even if no

safety-relevant defects have been detected.
Adhere to prescribed intervals or those specified in the operating instructions for

routine checks and inspections.
For the execution of maintenance work, tools and workshop equipment adapted
to the task on hand are absolutely indispensable.
The personnel must be familiar with the location and operation of fire
extinguishers.
Observe all fire-warning and fire-fighting procedures.
ge0800286_02.doc Page 3 / 12
__________________________________________________________________________
2.4 Selection and qualification of personnel - basic responsibilities
Any work on and with the machine must be executed by reliable personnel only.
Statutory minimum age limits must be observed.
In case the machine is not erected and/or commissioned by personnel of the

supplier the operator/buyer has to ensure that adequate and qualified personnel
is available on the erection site.
Employ only trained and instructed staff and set out clearly the individual
responsibilities of the personnel for operation, set-up, maintenance and repair.
Make sure that only authorized personnel works on or with the machine.
Define the machine operator's responsibilities giving the operator the authority to
refuse third party instructions that are contrary to safety.
Do not allow persons to be trained or instructed or persons taking part in a

general training course to work on or with the machine without being permanently
supervised by an experienced person.
Work on the electrical system and equipment of the machine must be carried out
only by a skilled electrician or by instructed persons under the supervision and
guidance of a skilled electrician and in accordance with electrical engineering
rules and regulations.
Work on gas-fuelled equipment (gas consumers) may be carried out by specially

trained personnel only.
Work on the hydraulic system must be carried out only by personnel with special
knowledge and experience of hydraulic equipment.
ge0800286_02.doc Page 4 / 12
__________________________________________________________________________
2.5 Safety instructions governing specific operational phases
2.5.1 Standard operation
Avoid any operational mode that might be prejudicial to safety.
Take the necessary precautions to ensure that the machine is used only when in
a safe and reliable state.
Operate the machine only if all protective and safety-oriented devices, such as
removable safety devices, emergency shut-off equipment, sound-proofing
elements and exhausters, are in place and fully functional.
Check the machine at least once per working shift for obvious damage or
defects. Report any changes (incl. changes in the machine's working behaviour)
to the competent organization/
person immediately. If necessary, stop the machine immediately and lock it.
In the event of malfunctions, stop the machine immediately and lock it. Have any
defects rectified immediately.
During start-up and shut-down procedures always watch the indicators in

accordance with the operating instructions.
Before starting up or setting the machine in motion make sure that nobody is at
risk.
The selector switch must be set to "Normal" and locked.
Never switch off or remove suction and ventilation devices when the machine is
in operation.
2.5.2 Special work in conjunction with utilization of the machine and

maintenance and repairs during operation; disposal of parts and
consumables
Observe the adjusting, maintenance and inspection activities and intervals set
out in the operating instructions, including information on the replacement of
parts and equipment. These activities may be executed by skilled personnel only.
Brief operating personnel before beginning special operations and maintenance

work, and appoint a person to supervise the activities.
In any work concerning the operation, conversion or adjustment of the machine

and its safety-oriented devices or any work related to maintenance, inspection
and repair, always observe the start-up and shut-down procedures set out in the
operating instructions and the information on maintenance work.
Ensure that the maintenance area is adequately secured.
ge0800286_02.doc Page 5 / 12
__________________________________________________________________________
If the machine is completely shut down for maintenance and repair work, it must
be secured against inadvertent starting by:
- locking the principal control elements and removing the ignition key
and/or
- attaching a warning sign to the main switch.
To avoid the risk of accidents, individual parts and large assemblies being moved
for replacement purposes should be carefully attached to lifting tackle and
secured. Use only suitable and technically perfect lifting gear and suspension
systems with adequate lifting capacity. Never work or stand under suspended
loads.
The fastening of loads and the instructing of crane operators should be entrusted
to experienced persons only. The marshaller giving the instructions must be
within sight or sound of the operator.
For carrying out overhead assembly work always use specially designed or
otherwise safety-oriented ladders and working platforms. Never use machine
parts as a climbing aid. Wear a safety harness when carrying out maintenance
work at greater heights.
Keep all handles, steps, handrails, platforms, landings and ladders free from dirt,
snow and ice.
Clean the machine, especially connections and threaded unions, of any traces of
oil, fuel or preservatives before carrying out maintenance/repair. Never use
aggressive detergents. Use lint-free cleaning rags.
After cleaning, examine all fuel, lubricant and hydraulic fluid lines for leaks, loose
connections, chafe marks and damage. Any defects found must be rectified
without delay.
Always tighten any screwed connections that have been loosened during
maintenance and repair.
Any safety devices removed for set-up, maintenance or repair purposes must be
refitted and checked immediately upon completion of the maintenance and repair
work.
Ensure that all consumables and replaced parts are disposed of safely and with
minimum environmental impact.
ge0800286_02.doc Page 6 / 12
__________________________________________________________________________
2.6 Warning of special dangers
2.6.1 Electric energy
Use only original fuses with the specified current rating. Switch off the machine
immediately if trouble occurs in the electrical system.
Work on the electrical system or equipment may only be carried out by a skilled
electrician himself or by specially instructed personnel under the control and
supervision of such an electrician and in accordance with the applicable electrical
engineering rules.
If provided for in the regulations, the power supply to parts of machines, on which
inspection, maintenance and repair work is to be carried out must be cut off.
Before starting any work, check the de-energized parts for the presence of power
and ground or short-circuit them in addition to insulating adjacent live parts and
elements.
The electrical equipment of machines is to be inspected and checked at regular

intervals. Defects such as loose connections or scorched cables must be rectified
immediately.
Necessary work on live parts and elements must be carried out only in the
presence of a second person who can cut off the power supply in case of danger
by actuating the emergency shut-off or main power switch. Secure the working
area with a red-and-white safety chain and a warning sign. Use insulated tools
only.
Before starting work on high-voltage assemblies and after cutting out the power
supply, the feeder cable must be grounded and components, such as capacitors,
short-circuited with a grounding rod.
2.6.2 Gas, dust, steam and smoke
Carry out welding, flame-cutting and grinding work on the machine only if this has
been expressly authorized, as there may be a risk of explosion and fire.
Before carrying out welding, flame-cutting and grinding operations, clean the
machine and its surroundings from dust and other inflammable substances and
make sure that the premises are adequately ventilated (risk of explosion).
Observe any existing national regulations if work is to be carried out in narrow

rooms.
ge0800286_02.doc Page 7 / 12
__________________________________________________________________________
2.6.3 Hydraulic and pneumatic equipment
Work on hydraulic equipment may be carried out only by persons having special
knowledge and experience in hydraulic systems.
Check all lines, hoses and screwed connections regularly for leaks and obvious
damage. Repair damage immediately. Splashed oil may cause injury and fire.
Depressurize all system sections and pressure pipes (hydraulic system,

compressed-air system) to be removed in accordance with the specific
instructions for the unit concerned before carrying out any repair work.
Hydraulic and compressed-air lines must be laid and fitted properly. Ensure that
no connections are interchanged. The fittings, lengths and quality of the hoses
must comply with the technical requirements.
2.6.4 Noise
During operation, all sound baffles must be closed.
Always wear the prescribed ear protectors.
2.6.5 Oil, grease and other chemical substances
When handling oil, grease and other chemical substances, observe the product-
related safety regulations.
Be careful when handling hot consumables (risk of burning or scalding).
ge0800286_02.doc Page 8 / 12
__________________________________________________________________________
2.7 Safety instructions for the user
The setting into operation of a machine must not be possible other than by
deliberately activating a device specially designed for this purpose.
Always observe the instructions for setting into operation and switching off the
machine (interlocking).
For setting into operation and for indicating any malfunctions, indicators (for
audible and visual indication) with a distinct signal must be provided.
The interlocking must be made in a way as to guarantee that restarting the

machine by mistake is not possible.
Maintenance doors must be opened only when the machine is switched off.
When opening the maintenance doors, be aware that with various machines the
rotating parts can still keep on moving over a period of several minutes after
switching off the machine.
Maintenance doors and openings as well as inspection points on the machine

must allow safe access.
When doing any maintenance work in the machine, proper ventilation must be
ensured. If required, appropriate protection equipment (gloves, goggles, etc.)
must be used.
Only persons that have been instructed in safety regulations are supposed to
enter the machine.
Due to the extreme danger when working inside the switched off machine, a
supervisor must permanently stay in front of the machine to secure the drive.
If any of the surrounding machines is to be set into operation, make sure that this
is coordinated by the supervising personnel.
The MPS mill is operated under depression to prevent dust from escaping.
In addition, the mill must not allow any combustion exhaust gas to get out.
In case of overpressure, the risks of intoxication and fire as well as of explosion
(especially with gas burning) must be considered.
Any reaction of the pressure monitoring system may suggest a wrong adjustment
or failure of the depression regulation.
Ensure by regular checks that the safety facilities are in stable and safe working
condition.
During operation the machine/plant components show higher wall temperatures.

Ensure that any unintended contact is not avoided.
Caution! Risk of fire

For repair work on the coat of paint or new painting of these
components, use heat-resistant paint (up to 400°C).
ge0800286_02.doc Page 9 / 12
__________________________________________________________________________
Always observe the safety and handling instructions supplied by the respective
manufacturer (see chapter 11) when working on the machines/plant components.
The sound pressure level of the machines/machine components can exceed

85 db(A).
With a sound level exceeding 85 db(A) the use of ear protectors is
recommended.
With a sound level exceeding 90 db(A) the use of ear protectors is obligatory.
ge0800286_02.doc Page 10 / 12
__________________________________________________________________________
2.8 Safety instructions for coal mills
The vertical roller mill with air-swept classifier is designed for operation with inert
drying gases and therefore must only be operated under inert conditions.
Under the following conditions, however, there is a risk of fire and pulverized coal
explosions:
- an inflammable substance
- an oxygen concentration sufficient for combustion
- an effective ignition source
- a sufficient pulverized coal fineness
- a sufficient pulverized coal-air ratio
If one of these preconditions does not exist, explosions cannot occur. However,
critical phases may arise during plant start-up and shutdown and when
malfunctions occur. Therefore not only the instructions given in the following
chapters must be observed but also the specific instructions stated below.
Keep the grinding-drying plant clean to prevent the propagation of a potential

explosion or fire. Any deposits of pulverized coal on ductings and floors must be
removed immediately.
The cleaning intervals must be adapted to the local conditions!
The plant is designed for operation with a reduced oxygen content (see chapter
1.1).
Check the entire equipment relevant to explosion protection (e.g. O2 and CO

measuring devices) for proper functioning at regular intervals, paying particular
attention to the information provided by the supplier.
A CO measuring device is installed downstream of the filter and on the pulverised

coal silos for the detection of any smouldering fires. If the CO concentration rises
above a certain normal level or if the values rise in relation to the normal
operating conditions, stop the grinding plant. If a smouldering fire is detected in
the pulverised coal silos, let them run empty. The normal concentration level is
plant-specific and cannot be determined until after commissioning. The limit
values for the pre-warning systems will be set accordingly.
Before opening the plant, ensure that all CO and O2 indicators show safe values
(maximum allowable concentrations). In addition, check the plant parts (finished
product silo, filter etc.) for unusually high temperatures (Caution! Risk of burns). A
smouldering fire can develop into an open fire when supplied with oxygen.
The person opening the inspection doors must wear fire protective clothing.
Escape routes must exist and are to be kept clear.
Before carrying out any maintenance work inside the mill, ensure that the mill has
been sufficiently aired. If necessary, wear adequate protective equipment.
ge0800286_02.doc Page 11 / 12
__________________________________________________________________________
Access to the grinding-drying plant may only be granted to individuals who have
been familiarised with the safety regulations.
If the safety limit values (O2, CO and temperature values) are exceeded, stop the
grinding process and flood the plant with quenching gas.
When the plant is flooded during standstill, be aware that quenching gas might
escape from certain plant sections. Therefore before entering the plant ensure
that there is no danger of suffocation.
The safety facilities must be in working condition even when the plant is shut
down.
Any open fire, smoking, sparks, and inadequate light sources must be avoided.
Any iron parts must be removed from the feed material by a magnet separator.
Attention! Earth all machine components with copper tape to counteract the
danger of electrostatic charge.
ge0800286_02.doc Page 12 / 12
KAISERSLAUTERN Technical Description Edition 11.2008
__________________________________________________________________________
3. Technical description
The following description of design and operation of the machine will help you to
a better understanding of the functions and make the handling of the machine
easier.
3.1 Design and operation
MPS Vertical roller mill

The MPS vertical roller mill is an air-swept vertical roller mill consisting of several
constructional components. The main components -mill and classifier - form a
single and compact unit.
The MPS vertical roller mill is pressure-shock-proof up to 8 bar.
Principal feature of the MPS vertical roller mill are the three stationary grinding
rollers which roll on a slowly rotating grinding plate.
Together with one pressure frame and three pull rods the grinding rollers form a
statically determined system which provides a uniform load distribution over the
grinding bed and the segmented thrust bearing of the gearbox. Each grinding
roller is flexibly connected to the pressure frame by means of a pressure yoke
which allows lateral rocking movements of the grinding rollers.
This flexibility of movement and the pneumatic suspension of the tensioning

system ensure an optimum adjustment of the grinding rollers to the grinding bed.
The material, carried in by the feeder, is drawn in and crushed between grinding
rollers and grinding plate.
The forces required for the grinding are produced by pressing the grinding rollers
onto the grinding plate.
The contact pressure is created by a hydro-pneumatic tensioning system and can

be varied during operation if necessary.
The material is ground and conveyed toward the ported air ring by compression
and shear. The gas flowing up through the ported air ring mixes with the material
and so forms a rotating fluidized bed above the ported air ring. The coarser
particles fall back onto the grinding plate and undergo again the grinding process.
The fine-ground particles are caught by the gas stream and carried up to the
classifier. In the separation zone a rotating separating wheel separates the
material into fine finished product and coarse particles (grits). The separating
wheel is fitted with a variable speed drive to adjust the rotation speed to the
required finished product fineness.
ge0800286_03.doc Page 1 / 10
__________________________________________________________________________
The separated finished product is carried by the gas stream to the dust collector
arranged after the mill. The coarse material falls back onto the grinding plate for
being returned into the grinding process.
The mill is equipped with a water proportioning unit. Water is injected through
nozzles into the grinding gap to stabilize mill operation.
When there is a possible danger of frost, the water injection system must be
switched off or protected against freezing.
Attention! Plant parts may be destroyed by frozen water. Hence do not use
the water injection system unless freezing can definitely be
avoided.
The entire system (ductings, pump, etc.) of water injection must be
emptied completely if no appropriate means (insulation, heating,
etc.) are taken against freezing.
For drying the coal inert hot gases are led into the mill.
ge0800286_03.doc Page 2 / 10
__________________________________________________________________________
3.2 Description of the main components
MPS Vertical roller mill
Foundation frame: The complete mill (mill and classifier) including the mill drive is based
on a section steel construction which is embedded in the mill
foundation. The three pull rod anchors for the fastening of the hy-
draulic tensioning cylinders are welded to the foundation frame.
The forces required for the grinding process are transmitted into the
foundation frame through the mill gearbox and the hydro-pneumatic
tensioning system.
Mill drive: A special gearbox - driven by an electric motor -transmits the required
torque to the grinding bowl and at the same time absorbs the forces
that are created by the grinding process affecting the grinding bowl.
The gearbox bearings are connected to a pressure circulating
lubrication system with oil pump and oil cooler.
Service drive: The main mill drive is fitted with an maintenance drive. The
maintenance drive is used for the precise positioning of the grinding
plate for inspection and servicing purposes as well as for repair works
(see chapter 8.2 and 8.4).
For detailed information on the mill drive see the separate operating
instructions in chapter 11.
Grinding bowl: The grinding bowl is positioned on the gearbox output flange which is
based on an adequately dimensioned segmented thrust bearing. The
bottom zone of the grinding bowl is closed against the interior of the
mill by a horizontal flat floor. The clear inner zone of the grinding bowl
is covered by a steel plate cap which prevents the material from
falling in.
Grinding plate: The grinding plate (wear part) is fastened onto the grinding bowl. The
three stationary grinding rollers roll in the trough-shaped track of the
grinding plate.
As a result of the rotating movement of the grinding bowl, the material
is drawn in and ground between grinding plate and grinding rollers.
The grinding plate consists of various segments and is fitted onto the
grinding bowl by means of clamping elements.
ge0800286_03.doc Page 3 / 10
__________________________________________________________________________
Grinding rollers: The three stationary grinding rollers are arranged equidistantly on the
grinding plate. Each grinding roller is fixed to the pressure frame by
means of a pressure yoke.
Each grinding roller is borne on the axle of the pressure yoke by two
special roller bearings.
The grinding rollers are fitted with crowned tyres (wear parts).
The one-part tyres are fastened by means of clamping elements.
ATTENTION!
Make sure the grinding rollers always roll on a material bed and never
directly on the grinding plate (increased wear/risk of fractures).
Note:
The grinding plate and the grinding roller wear parts are subject to
natural wear. When a certain wear limit is reached, these parts have
to be replaced. For details on how to measure wear and on how to
determine the wear limits, see chapter 8 - Maintenance.
Hydraulic tension The contact pressure required for the grinding rollers is created
system: by a hydropneumatic tension system. The pressure frame which has
the shape of an equilateral triangle transmits the forces created by
the tension system onto the pressure yokes with the grinding rollers.
Fitted to the corners of the pressure frame are the pull rods which
transmit the forces from the hydraulic tension cylinders.
The three hydraulic tension cylinders are supplied with oil by one
common hydraulic unit which also produces the pressure required for
the pre-tensioning of the grinding rollers.
Each hydraulic tension cylinder is fitted with a bag-type pressure

accumulator filled with nitrogen gas which absorbs the pressure and
shocks occurring during mill operation.
The hydro-pneumatic tensioning system is designed in such a way

that the grinding rollers can be lifted for start-up purposes.
For further details on the hydraulic unit and hydraulic tension

cylinders, see separate operating instructions in chapter 11.
Nozzle ring: The nozzle ring is located between grinding plate and mill housing.
The guide channels of the nozzle ring show an oblique arrangement
and so create a spiral gas flow. The spiral flow carries the fine
material upwards into the separating zone.
The gas stream enters the mill through an inlet duct which is located
below the nozzle ring.
Particles falling through the nozzle ring are conveyed by a scraper to
the reject duct in the mill base and are discharged.
The ported air ring is lined. The mounted cover cone made of highly
wear-resistant material guides the air.
ge0800286_03.doc Page 4 / 10
__________________________________________________________________________
Seal air system: The seal air system prevents dust from passing through the sealings
into the grinding roller bearings and so protects the sealings from
premature wear.
The seal air fan located outside the mill sucks air through a filter and
carries it through a ring-shaped ducting to the connecting points on
the pressure yokes. The connecting ducts to the pressure yokes are
flexible and can adjust to the movement of the grinding rollers. Inside
the pressure yoke, the seal air flows into an annular gap arranged
before the sealing of the grinding roller bearing and is discharged
through a labyrinth gap into the interior of the mill.
The correct functioning of the seal air system is checked by

monitoring the seal air pressure and the power consumption of the
fan motor.
During the service period and with wear progressing, seal air
pressure drops constantly. Once it has gone down to about 70% of
the rate measured at the time of commissioning, the seal air system
will have to be checked. When seal air pressure has dropped to 50%,
mill operation must be stopped because otherwise dust might get into
the bearings and destroy them (also refer to chapter 8.2).
Classifier: Separation of the fine product is carried out by means of a lamella

classifier type SLS.
The classifier housing is fitted on top of the mill housing and screwed
to it. The bearing of the classifier shaft, the classifier shaft with the
lamella wheel (separating wheel), the louver with the obliquely
arranged blades and the grit cone are fitted into the classifier housing.
The variable speed drive of the separating wheel is installed outside
the classifier.
The separating wheel turns clockwise when viewed from the top.
The ground product carried by the gas stream is taken through the
louver into the separating zone. The oblique arrangement of the
louver blades give the particles an additional spin. A pre-separation of
the coarser particles is provided due to the centrifugal forces.
The fine product having the required fineness is separated by means

of the separating wheel. The gas stream carries the separated fine
product out of the classifier and into the dust collector arranged
downstream.
The coarse particles (coarse material) which do not have the required
fineness do not pass through the separating wheel. Together with the
material rejected by the louver, they fall through the grit cone back
onto the grinding plate.
ge0800286_03.doc Page 5 / 10
__________________________________________________________________________
The required end fineness of the product is infinitely variable within a

wide range by changing the speed of the separating wheel. Speed
increase leads to a higher product fineness; speed reduction leads to
a lower product fineness.
The bearing is protected from dust by means of a seal air sealing. For
this purpose, a ducting is installed from the outside up to the
connection socket on the classifier shaft. Due to the depression in the
mill, air is sucked in from the outside, entering the interior of the
classifier through an annular gap located in the classifier shaft sealing
and thus preventing the penetration of dust.
The classifier is provided with a complete lining.
Separating wheel The separating wheel is driven by a gearmotor which is connected

drive: to the classifier shaft by a flexible coupling. Stepless variation of the
gearmotor speed is ensured by a frequency converter.
For further details on the separating wheel drive, see the separate
operating instructions in chapter 11.
Mill housing: Being completely closed, the main function of the MPS roller mill
housing is to guide the gas stream. With the forces created by the
grinding process being transmitted through the mill gearbox and the
hydraulic tension system into the foundation, load is largely relieved
on the housing.
The housing of the MPS roller mill is lined.
For checks and servicing the following points are provided with doors:
- mill housing bottom (grinding bowl zone)
- mill housing top (grinding roller zone)
- mill housing top (pull rod housing zone)
- classifier housing
Note: Do not open the doors unless the machine is switched off and
the measuring instruments for the O2 and CO contents indicate
values that present no risk.
Material feed: The feed material is conveyed into the mill by means of a self-
purifying rotary feeder. The feeder is located above the material chute
and prevents false air from entering the mill.
The cell wheel is provided with side shields and adjustable sealing
ledges.
The cell wheel is driven by a gearmotor with constant speed. The

speed of the rotary feeder is monitored electronically. When the cell
wheel comes to a standstill, an alarm is triggered and the mill drive is
switched off after a certain time delay.
ge0800286_03.doc Page 6 / 10
__________________________________________________________________________
Reject box: The mill is fitted with an air-tight reject box designed to collect
material that might fall out of the mill (e.g. in case of overfilling) or to
collect foreign bodies. The reject box must be checked and cleaned
from time to time (also refer to chapter 8.2).
MPS Lift-and-Swing The mill is fitted with a Lift-and-Swing

System: System for easy exchange of the grinding rollers for repair works.
(For instructions on the handling see chapter 8.4.)
Supporting arms are mounted to a sinkable central column located in
the mill centre. For the removal of a grinding roller, the pressure yoke
is fastened with the grinding roller to the column.
This done the connection between pressure frame and pressure yoke
is loosened and the pressure frame lifted up.
The grinding plate is turned by means of the maintenance drive
allowing the positioning of each grinding roller exactly at the
maintenance door.
When the Lift-and Swing device is fastened to the mill housing
exterior, pressure yoke and grinding roller can be lifted up, swung out
and prepared for being carried away.
Mill fan: The mill fan is arranged after the dust collection filter and is rated for
the required gas volume flow of the grinding plant.
The gas volume flow is controlled by means of the regulating device

arranged ahead of the mill fan (see also chapter 3.3).
Filter unit: For collecting the fine product which is carried out of the roller mill
with the gas stream a filter for compressed air cleaning is used.
ge0800286_03.doc Page 7 / 10
__________________________________________________________________________
3.3 Measuring and regulating equipment

(For measuring and regulating diagram see chapter 10.4.)
MPS vertical roller mill:
Regulation - feed rate
The purpose of the feed regulation is to keep the differential pressure and thus
the fill level in the mill at a constant level. The effect is that the mill throughput
rate is adjusted to the varying grindability of the material. The differential
pressure is taken by a differential pressure measuring transducer and led to a
controller which varies the feed velocity and thus the material quantity by means
of a suitable actuator. The measuring points for measuring the differential
pressure are located in the gas inlet duct of the mill and ahead of the classifier.
For start-up and shut-down of the grinding plant the feed quantity control is
operated manually.
Regulation - gas volume flow
The gas volume flow is measured in a suitable test section by a measuring

device. A differential pressure measuring transducer converts the pressure signal
into an electric signal which is then taken to a controller. The controller regulates
the regulating device (radial damper, jalousie flap etc.) in such a way that the gas
volume flow in the plant is kept at a constant level. For start-up and shut-down of
the plant the gas volume control is operated manually.
Regulation - heat supply
The temperature after mill is kept at a constant level. This guarantees that the
finished product is dried to the required residual moisture. Any deviation from the
set exhaust gas temperature after mill causes a reaction of the controller. If the
exhaust gas temperature is too low, the heat supply is increased. If it is too high,
the heat supply is reduced. For the protection of components which are sensitive
to temperature such as bearings, dust collection filters, etc., limit values are
provided. These are included in the interlocking and cause an automatic switch-
off of the hot gas supply in case the exhaust gas temperature is too high.
Regulation - depression ahead of mill
The depression ahead of the mill is measured and taken to a measuring

transducer for conversion into electric signals. A limit value indicator and a
controller are arranged downstream of the transducer. If the set limit values are
reached alarm is released. The regulation of the depression is effected by
adjusting the position of the recirculation gas flap.
ge0800286_03.doc Page 8 / 10
__________________________________________________________________________
Monitoring - temperature ahead of mill
The temperature ahead of the mill is measured by means of a resistance

thermometer, a measuring transducer, a limit value indicator and an indicator. If
the temperature is too high the hot gas supply must be interrupted.
Monitoring - tensioning pressure
The tensioning hydraulic is fitted with an electronic pressure switch with

measuring transducer. An indicator shows the actual value of the tensioning
pressure.
Monitoring of oil temperature of mill gear
For the monitoring of the gear oil temperature, the gearbox is fitted with two
resistance thermometers, each transmitting the temperature via a measuring
transducer to the limit value signalers and indicators. The limit value signalers
have got two switch points, with the first one releasing alarm and the second one
triggering switch-off.
Monitoring - vibration level
The mill gearbox is fitted with a vibration monitor for the vibration level. Any
vibration exceeding the standard level releases alarm. If the vibration level
increases even further and the maximum limit value is exceeded the mill is shut
down. The limit value which causes the mill to be shut down is determined during
commissioning.
Indication - classifier speed
The frequency set on the frequency converter is transmitted to the superior

process control system as an analogue signal and shown as a speed value.
Indication - flap position
The flap actuators are fitted with a potentiometer. An R/I transducer produces an
electric signal which indicates the flap position.
ge0800286_03.doc Page 9 / 10
__________________________________________________________________________
Monitoring - limit values
temperatures:
Monitoring of the temperatures is necessary for safety purposes to prevent
overheating and the risk of spontaneous ignition due to the flammability of coal
and for protecting the mechanical elements (e.g. bearings, filter bags, etc.)
from damage.
oxygen content (O2):

The O2 content in the plant is measured continuously. If a certain oxygen level
is exceeded, there is the danger of an explosion.
Therefore the plant is shut down when the set limit value is reached.
carbon monoxide content (CO):

The CO content in the plant is measured in order to recognize any smoulder at
the earliest possible stage. When the limit value is reached, the plant is shut
down and flooded with inerting gases.
ge0800286_03.doc Page 10 / 10
KAISERSLAUTERN Transport, Storage and Erection Edition 11.2008
__________________________________________________________________________
4. Transport, storage and erection
4.1 Transport
Due to the size of the machine, transport is effected in single parts. The packing
of the parts depends on their size and the kind of transport. The packing is in
compliance with the packing regulations HPE or the stipulations of the contract.
Instructions attached to the packing concerning correct positioning for transport,

sling marks and storage are to be observed.
Attention! For transport handle the parts with extreme care to avoid damage
through external force or careless loading and unloading.
Danger! Observe the sling marks attached to the packing and/or the
machine part. The lifting and sling gear used must be suitable for
the weights and sizes of the individual parts.
Attention! For transport and lifting of the grinding rollers use only the high-
strength eye bolts included in GEBR. PFEIFFER AG's scope of
supply.
4.1.1 Storage
The parts are to be stored at a sheltered, dry place.
Danger! Do not stack the parts.
Ensure that no moisture or foreign substances can settle and that the storage
place is sufficiently aired.
The parts are designated for short storage (less than 6 months) in compliance
with the above instructions.
For longer storage periods (over 6 months) external and internal preservation
must be checked on a regular basis and repaired or renewed if necessary.
Observe also the instructions given in the documents on the individual plant part.
In maritime regions the parts must be protected against sea air.
4.1.2 Scope of supply
The scope of supply is listed in the shipping documents. Immediately on arrival

check whether the supply is complete.
Any damages occurred during transport and/or missing parts must be reported in
writing.
ge0800286_04.doc Page 1 / 2
KAISERSLAUTERN Transport, Storage and Erection Edition 11.2008
__________________________________________________________________________
4.2 Erection
4.2.1 General instructions
All erection works are to be carried out with care and so as to ensure the safety.
The erection works must be carried out by qualified personnel only. Where
necessary wear the personal protective equipment.
For transport of the parts and erection (or dismantling) always observe the
relevant safety regulations (see chapter 2).
ATTENTION: Damaged parts, damaged plant components etc. must not

be fitted.
For warranty reasons erection should be carried out and monitored by qualified
personnel only.
Before erection check whether all parts and accessories are complete. The parts
are to be prepared for transport to their final destination specified in the erection
plan.
Also provide for suitable and sufficiently sized lifting gear and means of transport.
The erection of the machine is carried out according to the instructions of our
erection specialist.
4.2.2 Erection site - machine
Foundations:
The foundations must be horizontal and flat. They must be designed in a way as
to ensure that no resonance vibrations can occur and vibrations cannot be
transmitted to or from other foundations.
Provide suitable recesses in the foundation for fastening screws of the machine
and/or of the supporting structure. Arrangement and dimensions of the recesses
are indicated in the foundation plan.
The recesses are grouted with concrete after alignment of the machine.
Steel structure:
The steel structure provided for supporting the machine must be rigid with the
supporting points being horizontal and on the same level. The steel structure
must be rated corresponding to the weight of the machine and the nature of load.
When determining the erection site of the machine ensure that there is sufficient
space for maintenance works on the machine.
ge0800286_04.doc Page 2 / 2
KAISERSLAUTERN Commissioning Edition 11.2008
__________________________________________________________________________
5. Commissioning
5.1 Measures to be taken before commissioning
Erection and performance controls have to be carried out before commissioning.
When carrying out these controls observe all relevant regulations on safety and
environmental protection.
5.1.1 Erection control
Check the connections of ductings and units for material feed and discharge.
Clear interior and hollow spaces of foreign bodies (e.g. erection tools/loose
screws etc.)
Check by moving the rotating parts manually (if possible) whether they rotate
easily and without any impediment.
Danger! Ensure that the drive of the respective machine cannot be switched on
unintentionally.
Check whether all fastening and connection screws are tight.
Check whether the protective equipment is fully installed (e.g. coupling

protection/V-belt protection etc.).
Remove preservation from preserved parts (e.g. gearbox).
Check and relubricate the grease lubrication points and check and fill the oil
lubricants (see also chapter 8.3 - Lubrication instructions).
Provide closeable ducts at suitable points for the taking of material samples (feed
material, fine product etc.)
In case of a longer period between erection and commissioning check whether

the machine(s) and all components are in perfect condition.
It is imperative to check whether all inspection and service doors are correctly
closed before carrying out the performance control.
ge0800286_05.doc Page 1 / 5
__________________________________________________________________________
5.1.2 Performance control
The performance control is carried out on the occasion of commissioning and

should therefore be executed by the commissioning specialist.
The following measures need not be carried out in a particular order. The
commissioning specialist determines which measures are to be carried out when.
Generally, the following checks have to be carried out:
Check the sense of rotation of the individual drives.
Check the flow direction of conveyors.

(The sense of rotation of conveyor drives depends on the flow direction of the
conveyed material.)
Check the interlocking of the individual drives and the electric consumers.
Check the interlocking according to the interlocking diagram in chapter 10.3.
Carry out the performance control of all measuring points according to the list of
measuring points and the measuring and regulating diagram (chapter 10.4).
(For details see description of the measuring and regulating equipment in chapter
3.3.)
Check the set values during commissioning and correct them if necessary.
Danger! It may be necessary to open an inspection door on the machine for

checking the sense of rotation.
Ensure
- that the machine cannot be switched on unintentionally;
- that nobody reaches into the machine;
- that the machine is not operated unsupervised.
Immediately close the inspection door after carrying out the checks.
Caution! For checking the drive motor of the MPS mill, the motor must be
disconnected from the mill gear (as the gear must not rotate in
a sense other than specified).
If the gear rotates in the wrong sense, it will be destroyed.
For erection and performance controls also observe the instructions given in the
documents on the individual plant components - chapter 11.
ge0800286_05.doc Page 2 / 5
__________________________________________________________________________
Instructions on the tension system
Before switching on the mill for initial commissioning, the pressure values and
limit switch values of the hydropneumatic tension system have to be set.
Attention! These values must only be set by the commissioning specialist.
Brief instructions on the setting:

(see also chapter 11 - Tension system)
The pretension pressure is reduced to the specified nominal value in each bag-
type pressure accumulator. By switching on the oil pump, oil pressure is built up.
The pressure valves are to be adjusted as specified in the hydraulic diagram
(chapter 11 - Tension system).
The operating contacts for switching on and off the oil pump and the limit
contacts for signaling any malfunctions (alarm/switch-off) are set.
Check the set values during commissioning and correct them if necessary.
Adjustment of the displacement transducer system in the tensioning cylinders
Adjust the displacement transducer system in the tensioning cylinders in the

course of the initial commissioning and after every replacement of wear parts on
the grinding plate and grinding rollers.
Adjustment is also required in case of wear on the grinding plate and grinding
rollers. The length of the intervals at which this should be done depends on the
amount of wear.
Proceed as follows:
Install grinding rollers in basic position. Make sure there is no material between
the grinding rollers and the grinding plate.
Set the analogue value transmitted by the sensors to zero in the PLC
programme.
Adapt the 4-20 mA analogue output signal to the measurement range of the
transmitter.
ge0800286_05.doc Page 3 / 5
__________________________________________________________________________
5.2 Commissioning
Attention! For warranty reasons commissioning is effected by qualified

personnel of the manufacturer.
On this occasion the operating personnel is introduced to the procedures for daily
start-up.
Whenever there is an extended period between end of erection and start of

commissioning, the equipment must be checked for proper condition (checks as
per 5.1.1 and 5.1.2).
General instructions on commissioning:
Before commissioning, the machines undergo a trial run over a period of several
hours (no-load test).
Attention! The mill drive is excluded from the trial run as any mill operation
without material can cause damage to grinding plate and
grinding rollers.
During the trial run check the machines/plant components concerning
- unusual sounds and vibrations

- excessive temperatures in the bearings
- excessive oil temperatures and
- oil leakage.
After successful conclusion of the trial run, commissioning will be effected by

running the mill with material.
The switch-on sequence is indicated in the interlocking diagram (chapter 10.3);

for commissioning the machines are switched on manually.
Basically, the switch-on sequence is as follows. Plant-dependent modifications

are included in the interlocking diagram and will be considered during
commissioning.
The gear oil supply for the mill drive is switched on together with the material
removal.
After start-up of the material removal the gas routes (filter cleaning/seal air
fan/classifier drive and mill fan) are activated.
To avoid overloading the mill fan drive, ensure that the shut-off or regulating
device (e.g. radial damper) is closed prior to activation.
Frequency-controlled mill fans are run up depending on the load.
After switch-on of the mill fan the hot gases are guided into the mill.
ge0800286_05.doc Page 4 / 5
__________________________________________________________________________
The build-up of the hot gas temperature up to the set value of the controller is
adjusted manually. When the set value is reached the controller is switched to
"Automatic".
For commissioning, the plant should be heated for a minimum 2 hours to ensure
that the finished product separating unit reaches the operating temperature, too.
When the plant has reached the operating temperature, the mill drive, the pump
of the hydropneumatic tension system and the material feed can be switched on.
Immediately after lowering the grinding rollers, they should roll on a material bed
to prevent any damage on the grinding plate and grinding rollers. The grinding
bed on the grinding plate should have an average thickness of 20 to 40 mm (also
during operation). The thickness of the grinding bed depends on the feed rate,
tension pressure, and material properties (e.g. grain size).
The feed rate is increased until the specified differential pressure of the mill is
reached. After a prolonged operating period, the optimum differential pressure
must be established and set as theoretical value for automatic control.
Check the fineness of the removed fine product. To adjust the required end
fineness the speed of the classifier can be readjusted.
If, for process related reasons, it is necessary to cover the nozzle ring, this
should be effected according to the relevant drawing (see annex of chapter 8), or
pursuant to the instructions of our commissioning engineer.
The limit values for vibration monitoring will be determined and recorded by the
commissioning specialist during commissioning.
These values are as follows:
Valarm = Voperation + 1 mm/s
Vswitch-off = Voperation + 2 mm/s
If the plant has been operated without any malfunctions over a longer period the
set limit values of the measuring and regulating equipment must be checked and
readjusted if necessary.
Operating data and limit values must be recorded and listed in a table (table see
chapter 6).
After commissioning, check again whether the machine and the plant
components are in perfect condition. Check all screws for tight fit. If this is the
case, the machine can be released for normal operation.
ge0800286_05.doc Page 5 / 5
KAISERSLAUTERN Operation Edition 11.2008
__________________________________________________________________________
6. Operation
6.1 Start-up after operational shut-down
This start-up is carried out according to the switch-on sequence specified in the
interlocking diagram and to the sequence determined during commissioning.
Before start-up, ensure that a sufficient quantity of material is available and the
filling capacity of the fine product silo is sufficiently large.
It is imperative that the material feed is regular.
Attention! To prevent any damages on the grinding plate and grinding

rollers, never operate the mill without material.
During operation, regularly check the operating parameters (power consumption,

speed rates, temperatures, etc.) and compare them with the values established
during commissioning.
Heating of the grinding plant:
As described in chapter 5.2 above, the grinding plant must be heated for a
specific period of time. The heating times indicated are applicable if the mill has
cooled down completely.
Heating times may be different depending on the duration of the standstill. Hence
if the mill had been stopped for a short period only, the heating time is
considerably shorter or may not be required at all. The actual heating time will
have to be determined by the attendance personnel in consideration of process-
related aspects.
Should any unexpected changes occur, check the machine; if necessary switch it
off until the cause is found and the malfunction is remedied (see chapter. 7 –
malfunction).
We recommend that the principle operating data (e.g. feed rate/end

fineness/power consumption/speed values/pressure values/temperature values
etc.) be put down in a record file.
6.2 Shut-down
Shut-down (switch-off) of the plant is carried out according to the switch-off

sequence specified in the interlocking diagram.
For downtime periods exceeding 6 months preservation of the plant is necessary.
For preservation purposes observe the instructions and regulations for the
individual plant components (see chapter 11).
ge0800286_06.doc Page 1 / 4
__________________________________________________________________________
6.3 Start-up after longer downtime periods
Before setting the grinding plant into operation after longer downtime periods -
e.g. after considerable repair works - carry out performance controls of the
individual machines and the interlocking (switch-on and switch-off sequence).
Also check whether all protective equipment is correctly mounted (coupling

protection, V-belt protection etc.).
Check the lubricant levels (grease, oil). If necessary relubricate the respective
machine parts and refill the oil.
6.4 Important:
6.4.1 Operation in the winter
Attention! Any water ductings in the grinding plant must be protected against
freezing by appropriate means (insulation, heating, etc.).
Water injection system
Attention! When there is a possible danger of frost, the entire water injection
system (ductings, pump, etc.) must be emptied completely or
protected against freezing.
Oil lubrication system of mill gear
When the plant shutdown is less than 2 weeks, the oil lubrication system should
be kept operating. This ensures that the oil temperature will not drop below 15°C
and the mill can be restarted once the mill has been heated up accordingly.
When the shutdown exceeds 2 weeks, the oil lubrication system can be switched
off. However, for restarting the mill, the gear must be heated up with heater fans
or any other appropriate heat generator. With an oil temperature of less than 5°C,
the heating circuit must not be operated. The gear must be heated to ensure a
minimum gear oil temperature of 5°C. Thereupon the oil lubrication system can
be switched on.
ge0800286_06.doc Page 2 / 4
__________________________________________________________________________
General data
operating data: date: ________________
Mill feed material:
components:
_____________________ _________________________ %
_____________________ _________________________ %
_____________________ _________________________ %
_____________________ _________________________ %
_____________________ _________________________ %
grain size: _________________________ mm
moisture: _________________________ %
feed rate: _________________________ t/h
Finished product
moisture: _________________________ %
fineness: __________ % R __________ mm
__________ % R __________ mm
finished product rate: _________________________ t/h
Capacity / Power consumption

mill main motor: ___________ kW __________ Amp/Volt
mill fan: ___________ kW __________ Amp/Volt
classifier motor: ___________ kW __________ Amp/Volt
filter fan: ___________ kW __________ Amp/Volt
seal air fan:
Volume flows
hot gas flow from kiln/cooler: ________________________ m3/h
gas flow mill fan: ________________________ m3/h
ge0800286_06.doc Page 3 / 4
__________________________________________________________________________
Mill data
speed of separating wheel: ________________________ 1/min
tensioning pressure: ________________________ bar
grinding bed thickness (average): ________________________ mm
vibration velocity: ________________________ mm/s
seal air pressure: ________________________ mbar
Temperatures
ahead of mill ________________________ °C
after classifier ________________________ °C
kiln exhaust gas ________________________ °C
cooler exhaust gas ________________________ °C
gearbox of segmented thrust bearing ________________________ °C
gear oil of segmented thrust bearing ________________________ °C
Pressures
ahead of mill ________________________ mbar
after mill ________________________ mbar
after classifier ________________________ mbar
ahead of cyclone ________________________ mbar
after cyclone ________________________ mbar
ahead of filter ________________________ mbar
after filter ________________________ mbar
ahead of fan ________________________ mbar
after fan ________________________ mbar
seal air ________________________ mbar
Differential pressures
mill ________________________ mbar
cyclone ________________________ mbar
filter ________________________ mbar
Other
ge0800286_06.doc Page 4 / 4
KAISERSLAUTERN Malfunctions Edition 11.2008
__________________________________________________________________________
7. Malfunctions
When troubleshooting and rectifying malfunctions always observe the safety

instructions given in chapter 2 and in the documents concerning the individual
plant component (chapter 11).
Malfunctions that occur during the guarantee period and require repair works on
single components must only be rectified by our qualified personnel.
In order to rectify malfunctions the cause of which cannot be stated clearly we

recommend to order our service even after termination of the guarantee period.
Malfunctions can generally be avoided if the machines are properly operated and
serviced. Should malfunctions occur read chapters 6 (Operation) and 8
(Maintenance) before starting troubleshooting.
The malfunctions listed in the table of malfunctions can only give you a lead. We
assume that the machine is properly fitted and connected. It is also necessary to
consider all plant components when troubleshooting.
Malfunctions in the electric drives or in the measuring and regulating equipment

cause the relevant machines to be switched off by the plant interlocking. Before
restarting the plant find the cause of the malfunction and rectify it.
Should any malfunction occur that does not cause automatic switch-off but
presents a safety risk immediately switch off the machine and rectify the
malfunction directly.
Danger! Before starting troubleshooting ensure that all drives are switched
off and cannot automatically switch on again.
Observe also that works on the electric or hydraulic equipment must be carried
out by qualified personnel only.
With coal mills it is important to observe the safety regulations when carrying out
repair works.
In case personnel must enter the coal mill in order to carry out any repair work
ensure that not only the drive is secured against unintentional restart but also
- that the measuring instruments for measuring the O2 and CO contents indicate
values that present no risk and
- that sufficient airing is guaranteed.
ge0800286_71.doc Page 1 / 3
__________________________________________________________________________
In case of a breakdown of one component and for restart of the coal mill after
repair works always check the O2 and CO values.
Operating the mill with an O2 content exceeding the allowed value presents a
risk of explosion. The cause for the increase of the O2 content must be found. In
case the limit value is exceeded shut down the plant.
If both 02 and CO contents increase and the temperature rises there is extreme
danger.
Immediately take adequate measures as laid down in the safety regulations!
Immediately remove any accumulations of material - Risk of fire!
In case of an outage of the plant fan, the mill inside, especially the hot gas area,
must be cleared of any pulverized coal deposits.
Attention!
The hot surfaces of the mill and thick layers of pulverized coal increase the
danger of self-ignition of pulverized coal.
Pulverized coal might be whirled up by a draft when opening the maintenance
doors, thus causing the formation of an ignitable mixture.
Explosion-proof central vacuum cleaners are best suited for removing pulverized
coal deposits.
7.1.1 Comments on indication of malfunctions
If the plant is shut down due to a malfunction in the drive or in a machine

component (e.g. gearbox) carry out checks according to the relevant operating
instructions (chapter 11 or documents available with the customer).
If malfunctions occur which are not due to machine faults check the performance
of the measuring and regulating equipment according to the values set during
commissioning.
The machine is rated for particular operation requirements. The most important
parameters for these requirements are indicated in chapter 1.1. Any modification
of one of the parameters affects all other parameters.
During commissioning the measuring and regulating equipment is adjusted: if

one parameter is modified all related parameters are adjusted as long as the
modification made keeps within a particular, specified range.
In case of any major deviation causing the set limit values to be exceeded, it is
necessary to examine for which parameters a modification of the limit values is
possible.
ge0800286_71.doc Page 2 / 3
__________________________________________________________________________
If the limit values cannot be further modified, the one parameter whose limit value
has reached its maximum serves as basis for the optimum adjustment.
(Example: The feed moisture is too high. The gas volume flow and/ or the hot
gas temperature has already reached its maximum value so the feed
rate must be reduced to a level which provides the required
moisture.)
7.2 Table of malfunctions
Detailed information on the individual malfunctions listed in the following table is

added where necessary.
ge0800286_71.doc Page 3 / 3
___________________________________________________________________________
Table of malfunctions
malfunctions possible cause remedy
Grinding plant:
mill running roughly feed rate too low increase feed rate
(indication/alarm
vibration monitor) feed rate too high reduce feed rate
portion of fines in increase differential

feed material too large pressure
check grain size of
feed material
Caution!
do not stop material feed
completely
depression ahead of feed rate too high/ reduce feed rate

mill too low mill overcharged
main air flap ahead of check position of main

fan not sufficiently air flap (see Operating
opened instructions under mill fan)
recirculation gas flap close recirculation gas flap

opened too wide until required depression
is reached
exhaust gas chimney flap open exhaust gas chimney flap

closed too wide
insufficient cleaning check filter cleaning

of filter (see separate operating
instructions of filter,
chapter 11)
differential pressure feed rate too high reduce feed rate

mill "max"
ported air ring clogged check if there are any foreign
bodies/material cloggings in
the ported air ring; if
necessary clean ported air ring
pressure gauge tube clean pressure gauge tube

ahead of mill clogged
ge0800286_72.doc Page 1 / 4
___________________________________________________________________________
differential pressure feed rate too low increase feed rate

mill "min"
material feed break- check feed unit and conveyor
down routes
(see also Operating
instructions under feed unit)
pressure gauge tube clean pressure gauge tube

after mill clogged
seal air pressure malfunction - seal air check seal air fan
dropping fan (also refer to operating
instructions of seal air fan)
suction filter clogged
seal air sealing rings worn replace seal air sealing rings
leak in seal air duct check seal air duct

check seal air sealing rings on
pressure yoke
check seal air gap on
articulation bearing
temperature ahead feed rate too high reduce feed rate

of mill too high
moisture of feed reduce feed rate
material too high
hot gas temperature too reduce hot gas temperature

high
incorrect measurement check measurement
material feed material feed inlet clear clogging

irregular clogged
bridging in feed silo if necessary use discharge

aid
ge0800286_72.doc Page 2 / 4
___________________________________________________________________________
fine product removal conveying unit over- check for damages/wear

charged
malfunction filter see Operating instructions

cleaning under filter
conveyor route clogged clear clogging
outage of drive malfunction of drive see relevant operating

instructions
temperature limit find cause and remedy

value exceeded
finished product speed of separating reduce speed

too fine wheel too high
air flow too low increase air flow
finished product speed of separating increase speed

too coarse wheel too low
outage of classifier drive check classifier drive

(see operating instructions
of classifier drive)
air flow too high reduce air flow
separating wheel check separating wheel

damaged or worn
02 content rises false air enters check gas routes for

tightness
malfunction - supply of check inert gas generator

inert gas
ge0800286_72.doc Page 3 / 4
___________________________________________________________________________
C0 content rises smoulder in the plant switch off machine/plant

and flood with quenching gas
remove smoulder
remove material accumulations/
clear mill
C0 content in inert check inert gas generator

gas has increased
excessive amount of material feed rate too high/ reduce material feed rate
material in reject box mill overcharged
gas volume flow check position of main air flap

too low
ported air ring worn replace ported air ring
ge0800286_72.doc Page 4 / 4
KAISERSLAUTERN Maintenance Edition 11.2008
8. Maintenance
The purpose of all maintenance works is to keep the machine in working condition,
to avoid outages, to keep repair costs to a minimum and to prolong the lifetime of
the machines.
A deterioration of the working condition is mainly due to wear, overcharge and
material fatigue (ageing).
Among the reasons for outages are external troubles such as wrong machine
operation or external force as well as deposits and dirty machines.
Therefore, regular checks of the condition of the machine, observance of the service
instructions and repair works are indispensable.
The works to be done are described in the following chapters
8.2 - Inspection and servicing

8.3 - Lubrication instructions
8.4 - Repair
When carrying out these works always observe the relevant regulations on accident
prevention and environmental protection valid for the respective place of erection.
Observe also the safety instructions described in chapter 2 and in the documents on
the relevant plant components (chapter 11).
Before machine restart
When the maintenance works on the machine are terminated the machine must be
in safe and perfect working condition to be restarted.
The termination of the maintenance works must be reported to the responsible

person who declares the machine ready for restart.
ge0800286-81.doc Page 1 / 1
8.2 Inspection and servicing
Regular inspections and careful servicing are indispensable to recognize and rectify
possible malfunctions as early as possible.
As operating conditions vary frequently only standard intervals for perfect operation
can be stated. The actual service intervals depend on the local conditions (switch-on
frequency, load, dirt etc.).
Observe also the instructions given in the documents on the relevant plant
components (see chapter 11).
In case of malfunctions or unusual conditions which cause an overcharge of the

machine (e.g. over-load, external force etc.) carry out the inspections immediately.
All service works must be carried out with care and only by personnel assigned to the
job (refer to chapter 2.4).
Service works must be carried out on shut-down machines only. If service works are
to be carried out on operating machines this is explicitly indicated. For these works
take special safety measures.
Observe the fundamental safety instructions laid down in chapter 2.
During operation some parts of the machine become very hot. Risk of burning!
Before carrying out any inspection and service works wait until the machine is cooled
down.
The individual inspection and service measures are listed in chapter 8.2.1 below.
The individual service works are described in chapter 8.2.2.
Danger! Do not enter the grinding zone of the mill when the grinding rollers are
lifted up.
ge0800286-82.doc Page 1 / 1
machine components intervals remarks

- measures to be taken
General
- check for d with machine switched on

. unusual sounds
. vibrations if necessary switch off
. oil leakage, waste oil machine and rectify the
. obvious damages fault
. and faults
. loose screw connections
Reject box
- clear reject box d can be done during mill operation;

see description of service works,
chapter 8.2.2
Seal air system for grinding rollers
- check seal air pressure w see description of service works,

"Seal air pressure", chapter 8.2.2
- check all ductings for leaks m
Grinding roller item numbers refer to "Spare parts

drawing MPS - grinding roller",
chapter 9
- check oil level m see description of service works,

chapter 8.2.2
- check overpressure valve m item 339
- change oil see description of service works,

chapter 8.2.2,
for intervals see lubrication list,
chapter 8.3
d = daily / w = weekly / m = monthly
ge0800286-8L.doc Page 1 / 10

- check for oil leaks m possible causes of oil leakage:

a) too much oil
b) damaged/worn radial shaft
sealing rings or O-rings
- measure wear progress at m see leaflet "Wear measurement at

grinding elements grinding elements", chapter 8.2.3
- check fastening of roller tyres m item 313

retighten with torque wrench,
for tightening torque see table
"Tightening torques for screws",
chapter 8.2.3
- check pressure yokes and pressure m

yoke lining for wear
Grinding table item numbers refer to "Spare parts

drawing MPS - group grinding
bowl", chapter 9
- measure wear progress at m see leaflet "Wear measurement at

grinding parts grinding elements", chapter 8.2.3
- check fastening of grinding m item 214

plate segments retighten with torque wrench,
for tightening torque see table
"Tightening torques for screws",
chapter 8.2.3
Grinding zone
- check for wear m Danger! Due to the pressure-

. seal air ductings shock-proof design the housing
. pressure frame wall must not suffer wear. Be sure
. housing to repair or renew the housing
. lining of housing lining time.
. ported air ring
. lining of ported air ring
. cover cone to ported air ring
. water injection
and all other components
ge0800286-8L.doc Page 2 / 10

Inner grinding roller stop and strap items 860-885

(see "Spare parts drawing MPS -
inner grinding roller stop",
chapter 9)
- check for wear m see table "Wear limits of grinding

roller stop", chapter 8.2.3.
Replace the grinding roller stop as

soon as the wear limit is reached.
There is a risk of fracture when

the wear limit is exceeded!
- check for damaged springs m replace damaged springs
Outer grinding roller stop items 766-769

(see "Spare parts drawing MPS,
chapter 9)
- check for wear m see table "Wear limits of grinding

roller stop", chapter 8.2.3.
replace the liner plate (item 768),

replace or hardface grinding roller
stop part (item 766) as soon as
the wear limit is reached
- check the gap and readjust it, m see "Spare parts drawing - MPS"
if required for the required gap width
if the pivoting angle amounts to a

maximum of 4° reduce the
distance by means of shims
(item 769) to 3° or replace the
worn parts
ge0800286-8L.doc Page 3 / 10

Pull rod housing see "Spare parts drawing - MPS",

chapter 9, for item numbers
- check liner plates at pressure m items 701 and 706,

frame and housing for wear see table "Wear limits of pressure
frame stop”, chapter 8.2.3.
Replace worn parts as soon as the
wear limit is reached
- check gap between liner plates m for gap width see

and possibly readjust it "Spare parts drawing MPS",
chapter 9; readjust gap by means
of the shims (included in the
scope of supply) at the latest when
the gap width has doubled
(see description "Replacement of
liner plates", chapter 8.4)
- check articulated connections m

between pressure frame and pull
rods for wear
- check pull rod sealings for wear m see table "Wear limits of seal air
gaps", chapter 8.2.3
Hot gas chamber
- check for foreign bodies m
- check for wear m

. material scraper
. sealing ring
. housing
ge0800286-8L.doc Page 4 / 10

Gearbox chamber
- check sealing ring (labyrinth ring) m if sealing gap is irregular

for wear reposition the sealing ring
Indicator, grinding bed
- calibrate the indicator with progressing wear at

grinding parts
Tensioning device item numbers refer to "Spare parts

drawing MPS - tension device",
chapter 9
- relubricate the articulation bearings item 551.1

at the hydraulic cylinders through lubrication nipples
chapter 8.3
- replace the articulation bearings at for intervals see lubrication list,

the hydraulic cylinders chapter 8.3
for replacement see also
chapter 8.4 "Removal of a
hydraulic cylinder to tensioning
device"
- check automatic leveling during m refer to description of mainten-

lifting of grinding rollers ance work,
chapter 8.2.2
ge0800286-8L.doc Page 5 / 10

Classifier housing
- check for wear by visual inspection m Danger! Due to the pressure-

. or possibly ultrasonic inspection shock-proof design the housing
wall must not suffer wear. Be sure
to repair or renew the housing
lining time.
- check the lining for wear m if necessary repair or replace the

lining
- check housing parts (in particular m report to Gebr. Pfeiffer AG;

the weldings) for fractures Gebr. Pfeiffer AG will supply
instructions concerning repair
works
Classifying zone
- check for wear: m if wear is considerable line the

. support of classifier bearing relevant parts or replace them
. louvre
. grit cone
and all other internals
Separating wheel
- check lamellas of separating m if necessary replace separating

wheel for wear wheel
- check screws for tight fit m retighten screws;

replace worn screws
- check all other rotor parts for wear m if wear is considerable

report to Gebr. Pfeiffer AG;
Gebr. Pfeiffer AG will supply
instructions on suitable measures
ge0800286-8L.doc Page 6 / 10

-check gap between upper flange m for item numbers and gap width
of separating wheel (item 160) see "Spare parts drawing SLS",
and wear ring (item 122) chapter 9;
if wear is considerable replace
worn parts;
if wear is only minor readjust gap
width by raising the separating
wheel (see chapter 8.4 "Removal
of separating wheel");
Classifier bearing
- monitor bearing noises w if necessary rotate separating

wheel slowly, switch off other
machines;
if in doubt rotate separating wheel
by hand and locate noise source
- lubricate roller bearings see description of service works,

chapter 8.2.2
chapter 8.3
- check seal air inlet on classifier m with mill fan running

drive socket for proper functioning
Hydraulic ductings
- check fastenings m
- check ducting connections

for tightness m
- check for exterior damage m
ge0800286-8L.doc Page 7 / 10

Hydraulic hose pipes
- check for m replacement of hose pipes:

. obvious damages, a) when described damages
e.g. chafe marks occur
. brittleness b) at least every 6 years
. deformation (see description of service
. leaks work "Lifetime and marking
.damage on fittings of hose pipes of a hydraulic hose ducting",
. hose pipes coming out of fittings chapter 8.2.2)
. corrosion of fittings impairing
their functioning and durability
Ductings
- check expansion joints for tightness m
- check flaps for tightness and m

ease of movement
Flanges
- check all flanges for tightness m retighten screws if required
Doors
- check all doors for tightness m if required, retighten screws/nuts;

if required, replace sealing
Fastening screws
- check for tight fit m if required, retighten screws;
replace worn screws
ge0800286-8L.doc Page 8 / 10

Mill gearbox and oil supply unit see separate operating

instructions, chapter 11
Coupling to mill gearbox see separate operating

instructions,
"Mill gearbox", chapter 11
Hydraulic unit, grinding roller see separate operating

suspension system instructions, chapter 11
Hydraulic cylinder to grinding see separate operating

roller suspension system instructions, chapter 11
Pressure accumulator to see separate operating

hydraulic cylinder instructions,
"Hydraulic unit – grinding roller
suspension system",
chapter 11
Seal air fan see separate operating

Classifier drive see separate operating

instructions chapter 11
Flexible coupling(s) see separate operating

to the classifier drive instructions, "Classifier drive",
chapter 11
Pump for water injection see separate operating

Self-purifying rotary lock see separate operating

Plant fan see separate operating

ge0800286-8L.doc Page 9 / 10

Flaps see separate operating

Belt scale see separate operating

Magnet separator see separate operating

Screw conveyors see separate operating

Dust collection unit see separate operating

Belt conveyors see separate operating

Rotary locks see separate operating

Lifting gear see separate operating

ge0800286-8L.doc Page 10 / 10
8.2.2 Description of service works
8.2.2.1 Clearing of reject box
The reject box is designed to collect the material which falls through the nozzle ring.
Increased amounts of reject material can occur during mill start-up and shut-down.
Therefore, the reject box must be cleared on a regular basis which can be done
during mill operation. After initial start-up of the mill clear the reject box several times
daily until the reject amount is known.
The reject box is firmly shut by the reject door so that no false air can be sucked into
the mill. Between the reject box and the hot gas chamber there is a slide which
closes off the gas route when the reject door is opened. Moreover the mill is
pressure-shock-proof due to the slide being closed even if the reject door is open.
The reject door and slide can be locked. The lock comprises two locking magnets
(item 180) and two proximity switches (item 181). The reject door is locked by one of
the locking magnets as long as the slide is not completely shut. When the reject
door is open, the slide cannot be opened due to the second locking magnet. The
two proximity switches serve to monitor whether or not the door and slide are
closed.
For clearing the reject box close the slide by turning the hand wheel.
When the slide is fully closed, the proximity switch on the slide releases the signal
“slide closed” and the reject door is unlocked.
Move the switch to “OPEN” for locking the slide and unlocking the reject door.
Danger! Close the slide before opening the reject door.
Then remove the lock bar from the reject door, open the door, and empty the reject
box.
Attention! Immediately remove any dust from the ground.
Then close the reject door and tighten the hand wheel.
Once the lock bar is in place, the proximity switch on the reject door releases the
signal “door closed” and the slide is unlocked.
Move the switch to “CLOSED” for locking the reject door and unlocking the slide.
Danger! Close the reject door before opening the slide.
Then open the slide again so that the hot gas chamber cannot become blocked by
material falling out.
ge0800286-8W.doc Page 1 / 8
8.2.2.2 Seal air pressure - seal air system vertical roller mill
(The item numbers refer to "Spare parts drawing MPS", chapter 9).
The seal air pressure goes down with increasing wear of the seal air sealing rings
(items 322 and 323) fitted to the grinding rollers.
Furthermore wear can occur at the seal air ducting, especially at the moving parts
such as articulation bearings (items 601.1 and 601.3) and wear bushing (item 606)
which causes the seal air pressure to drop as well.
In our experience the wear limit is reached when wear at the parts ranges between
1 and 2 mm (see table "Wear limits of seal air gaps", chapter 8.2.3) and seal air
pressure drops to 50 % of the value that was recorded during commissioning.
With a seal air pressure of 70 % of the pressure recorded during commissioning, a

general check of the seal air system should be carried out.
Take special care to keep the filter always clean (if required, clean or replace the
filter insert).
Replacement of the seal air sealing rings should be carried out when the seal air
pressure drops to 50 % of the pressure that was recorded during commissioning.
If a sudden or considerable pressure drop occurs, this could mean that there is a
leak in the seal air duct. Immediately repair the leak in order to prevent damage to
the shaft sealing rings and resulting damage to the roller bearings by entering dust.
Important! Record the seal air pressure value at commissioning (with new seal
air sealing rings).
ge0800286-8W.doc Page 2 / 8
8.2.2.3 Lifetime and marking of a hydraulic hose ducting
Elastomers used in hydraulic hose ductings are prone to aging. Therefore storage
and lifetime are limited in time.
The lifetime of a hydraulic ducting including any storage time should not exceed six
years. The storage time itself should not exceed two years.
As to the marking, there is a manufacturing date indicated on the hose and a

manufacturing date on the finished ducting indicated on the socket of the fitting.
For the lifetime of the hydraulic ducting, the manufacturing date on the finished
ducting (socket of the fitting) is decisive.
Any hydraulic ducting must durably be marked with the sign of its manufacturer and
its manufacturing date (year and month).
Example of a marking for August 2006 (indicated on the socket of the fitting):
* 06 08
(1) (2) (3)
(1) sign of the manufacturer of the hydraulic ducting
(2) year
(3) month
ge0800286-8W.doc Page 3 / 8
8.2.2.4 Checking of the oil level in the grinding rollers

(See "Spare parts drawing MPS", chapter 9)
To check the oil level, it is necessary to enter the grinding zone.
Danger! Switch off the machine and secure it against restart.
Danger! Before opening the plant, ensure that all CO and O2 indicators show
safe values (maximum allowable concentration, “MAC”).
Danger! During operation the mill housing and inner parts become very hot.
Risk of burns!
Before carrying out any work inside the mill, wait until the machine is
cooled down.
Danger! For any work inside the mill, ensure sufficient aeration. If necessary,
wear adequate protection equipment.
There are three oil drain plugs (screw plug item 353.5) on the closed bearing lid
(item 353). For checking the oil level, two of the screw plugs must be in the upper
position on a horizontal level.
The oil level must reach up to these two screw plugs. For checking, remove one
screw plug.
Attention! Carefully clean the surrounding zone around the screw plug in order
to prevent dust from entering the grinding roller.
If the oil level is too low, refill oil (see section "Oil change").
Check the permanent magnet of the oil drain plug for metal particles, then carefully
clean the permanent magnet.
Attention! If there are any metal particles in the oil, this is probably due to a
damage of the bearing. Check the oil more frequently; replace the
bearing if required.
Important! After initial start-up or following a bearing replacement, metal particles

may be found in the oil rather frequently. Generally this occurs during
run-in. Abrasion of this kind should stop after a few operating hours.
Therefore the first oil change is to be carried out after some operating
hours (for intervals see lubrication list, chapter 8.3) to flush away
these metal particles.
In this case the oil can possibly be re-used after filtering. Please
contact the relevant oil supplier for details.
Screw in the screw plug.
Important! Check the condition of the sealing ring (items 353.6); replace
sealing ring if required.
ge0800286-8W.doc Page 4 / 8
8.2.2.5 Oil change at grinding rollers

(See "Spare parts drawing MPS", chapter 9)
For carrying out the oil change it is required to enter the grinding zone.
Danger! During operation the mill housing and inner parts become very hot.
Risk of burning!
Danger! For works in the mill interior ensure that it is sufficiently aired. If
necessary wear suitable protection equipment.
Important! The oil change should be carried out with oil at operating temperature
as the grinding rollers are filled with highly viscous oil. For carrying
out any works in the heated mill wear suitable protection equipment.
The closed cover of the bearing (item 353) is fitted with three oil drain plugs (screw
plug item 353.5). For oil change purposes one of the screw plugs must be in
bottommost position, the other two must be in horizontal position on top.
Place a suitable receptacle underneath the screw plug.
Remove one of the upper screw plugs in order to air the bearing bushing.
Attention! Carefully clean the surrounding zone around the plug screw in order
to prevent dust from entering the grinding roller.
Remove the lower oil drain plug and let the oil drain out into the receptacle.
Attention! The draining oil is hot - risk of burning.

Wear protective gloves.
Check the permanent magnet of the oil drain plug for scobs, then carefully clean the
permanent magnet.
Attention! If there are any scobs in the oil, this is probably due to a damage of
the bearing. Replace the bearing if required.
ge0800286-8W.doc Page 5 / 8
Important! After initial start-up or following a bearing replacement scobs can

frequently be found in the oil. Generally these scobs occur during run-
in. Abrasion of this kind should stop after a few operating hours. Thus
the first oil change is to be carried out after some operating hours (for
intervals see lubrication list, chapter 8.3) to flush away the scobs.
In this case the oil can possibly be re-used after filtering. Please
contact the relevant oil supplier for details.
Screw in the lower screw plug.
To fill in oil remove either the second of the upper screw plugs at the bearing cover
or the oil filling plug on the pressure yoke side (screw plug item 350.2).
Fill in oil until the oil level reaches the level of the two horizontally positioned screw
plugs at the cover of the bearing.
Important! For oil quality and quantity to be used see lubrication list (see chapter
8.3).
Screw in the screw plug.
Attention! Immediately apply oil binder to any oil spilled during oil draining or
filling.
Important! Check the condition of the sealing rings (items 350.3 and 353.6);
replace sealing rings if required.
ge0800286-8W.doc Page 6 / 8
8.2.2.6 Check of automatic leveling of grinding rollers
Prior to start-up of mill, the grinding rollers are lifted and leveled automatically by
means of the displacement transducers (refer to interlocking diagram, chapter 10.3).
When lowering the grinding rollers, the displacement transducers monitor whether or
not lowering is performed uniformly.
Important: For the functional description, refer to operating instructions of

hydraulic unit for grinding roller tension system (chapter 11).
It is necessary to level and uniformly lower the rollers to make sure

they are put down on the grinding plate simultaneously.
Attention! If the rollers are not put down uniformly, the mill may be damaged.
The proper functioning of the automatic leveling must be checked regularly. For this
purpose, lift off the grinding rollers.
After the automatic leveling of the grinding rollers, the stroke must be measured
directly on the three hydraulic cylinders.
The extended length must be the same on all three hydraulic cylinders, with a
tolerance of +/- 5 mm.
If this is not the case, the system must be checked. A displacement transducer
might be defective or might have to be newly calibrated.
Important: Also refer to operating instructions of displacement transducer

(chapter 11).
ge0800286-8W.doc Page 7 / 8
8.2.2.7 Lubrication of classifier bearing
1. When delivered, the roller bearings of the machine and the lubrication pipes
are filled with grease.
2. When new roller bearings are fitted and/or when the lubricant is changed, fill
the roller bearings with fresh grease completely, fill two thirds of the free space
in the bearing housings and 100% of the lubrication pipes.
3. Relubrication
Use lubrication nipple at classifier drive duct.
When relubricating, check whether any grease is pressed into the lubrication
pipe. If the lubrication pipe is clogged, clear it.
Important: For lubrication intervals and quantities and for the grease quality to be
used, see our lubrication list (chapter 8.3).
Attention! Too much grease in the roller bearing may cause overheating.
ge0800286-8W.doc Page 8 / 8
Chapter 8.2.3
- table: Tightening torques for screws - general
- table: Tightening torques for screws - MPS
- table: Tightening torques for screws - SLS
- table: Wear limits of seal air gaps
- table: Wear limits of grinding roller stop
- table: Wear limits of pressure frame stop
- table: Gap and wear measurement - pressure frame stop
- leaflet: Wear measurement at grinding elements
ge0800287-8E.doc Page 1 / 1
department: TK rev.-no.: 03
GEBR. PFEIFFER AG Anziehdrehmomente für Schrauben made by: Prägert rev. date: 25.06.2003
Kaiserslautern Tightening torques for screws made on: 11.12.1997 checked by: Prägert
checked on: 25.06.2003
Maschine: Allgemein
machine: general
Schrauben- Festigkeits-
Teil-Nr. * Bezeichnung Anziehdrehmoment
größe klasse
part no. * description screw size property tightening torque
class µ = 0,1 µ = 0,14 **
5.6 18 Nm 21 Nm
M 10
8.8 41 Nm 50 Nm
5.6 30 Nm 38 Nm
M 12
8.8 70 Nm 87 Nm
Achtung!
5.6 75 Nm 93 Nm
Spezielle Anziehdrehmomente einzelner M 16
8.8 170 Nm 210 Nm
Schrauben in den Einzeltabellen der
5.6 150 Nm 180 Nm
Maschinen (Kapitel 8.2.3) sowie in den M 20
8.8 330 Nm 410 Nm
Unterlagen der Anlagenkomponenten
(Kapitel 11) beachten. 5.6 250 Nm 310 Nm
M 24
8.8 570 Nm 710 Nm
Attention! 5.6 370 Nm 460 Nm
M 27
Observe special tightening torques of 8.8 850 Nm 1 050 Nm
individual screws specified in the individual 5.6 500 Nm 620 Nm
machine tables (chapter 8.2.3) and in the M 30
8.8 1 150 Nm 1 420 Nm
documents of the plant components
5.6 870 Nm 1 100 Nm
(chapter 11). M 36
8.8 2 000 Nm 2 500 Nm
5.6 1 400 Nm 1 750 Nm
M 42
8.8 3 200 Nm 4 000 Nm
5.6 2 100 Nm 2 650 Nm
M 48
8.8 4 800 Nm 6 000 Nm
5.6 3 400 Nm 4 200 Nm
M 56
8.8 7 700 Nm 9 700 Nm
5.6 5 000 Nm 6 300 Nm
M 64
8.8 11 500 Nm 14 500 Nm
* Teil-Nr. siehe Ersatzteilzeichnung (Kapitel 9) ** Reibungszahl

* For the part numbers see the spare parts µ = 0,1 : geschmiert mit MoS 2 -Paste
drawing (chapter 9) µ = 0,14: geölt
** coefficient of friction
µ = 0,1 : lubricated with MoS2 -paste
µ = 0,14: oiled
Die in dieser Tabelle angegebenen Drehmomente ergeben eine Dehnung auf 90% der Schraubenstreckgrenze.
The torques specified in this table result in an elongation corresponding to 90% of the screw yield point.
Etkb1m01.XLS Allgemein 1/1

department: TK rev.-no.:
GEBR. PFEIFFER AG Anziehdrehmomente für Schrauben made by: Meyer rev. date:
no.: 200800286 checked on: 07.01.2009
client / project: KHD Humboldt Wedag GmbH / KCC Katrana Cement
Maschine: Walzenschüsselmühle
MPS 250 BK
machine: vertical roller mill
größe klasse
class µ = 0,1 µ = 0,14 **
Klemmschraube
214 M 30 St 52-3 600 Nm 760 Nm
clamp screw
Sechskantschraube
262 M 42 8.8 3 200 Nm 4 000 Nm
hexagon head bolt
Zylinderschraube
313 M 30 8.8 1 150 Nm 1 420 Nm
hexagon socket head cap screw
Zylinderschraube
321.1 M 30 8.8 1 150 Nm 1 420 Nm
Sechskantschraube
351.1 M 36 8.8 2 000 Nm 2 500 Nm
hexagon head screw
Sechskantschraube
352.1 M 36 8.8 2 000 Nm 2 500 Nm
hexagon head screw
Sechskantschraube
353.1 M 36 8.8 1 350 Nm 1 685 Nm
hexagon head screw
Schraube mit Hartgusskopf
361.1 M 20 5.6 150 Nm 180 Nm
bolt with chilled iron head
Schraube mit Hartgusskopf
361.2 M 24 5.6 250 Nm 310 Nm
bolt with chilled iron head
401.1 Sechskantschraube
M 20 8.8 330 Nm 410 Nm
402.1 hexagon head bolt
Sechskantschraube
537.3 M 30 8.8 1 150 Nm 1 420 Nm
hexagon head bolt
Zylinderschraube
556 M 20 8.8 330 Nm 410 Nm
Sechskantschraube
557 M 24 8.8 165 Nm 190 Nm
hexagon head bolt
Hammerschraube
743 M 42 8.8 3 200 Nm 4 000 Nm
T-head bolt
* Teil-Nr. siehe Ersatzteilzeichnungen MPS (Kapitel 9) ** Reibungszahl
200-299 Gruppe Mahlschüssel µ = 0,1 : geschmiert mit MoS2 -Paste
300-399 Mahlwalze µ = 0,14: geölt
400-499, 700-799 Zusammenstellung
500-599 Spannvorrichtung
* For the part numbers see the spare parts ** coefficient of friction
drawings MPS (chapter 9) µ = 0,1 : lubricated with MoS2 -paste
200-299 assembly grinding bowl µ = 0,14: oiled
300-399 grinding roller
400-499, 700-799 assembly
500-599 tension device
Für die in dieser Liste nicht aufgeführten Schrauben der MPS gelten die Anziehdrehmomente
gemäß der Liste "Anziehdrehmomente für Schrauben - Allgemein ".
For the MPS screws not specified in the above list the tightening torques specified in the
table "Tightening torques for screws - general " apply.
Etk200800286.xls Mo_MPS 1/1
GEBR. PFEIFFER AG Anziehdrehmomente für Schrauben made by: Hollstein rev. date:
no.: 200800286 checked on: 07.01.2009
Maschine: Lamellensichter
machine:
SLS 1800 BK
lamella classifier
größe klasse
class µ = 0,1 µ = 0,14 **
Zylinderschraube
217.1 M 10 8.8 41 Nm 50 Nm
Zylinderschraube
226.1 M 12 8.8 70 Nm 87 Nm
anziehen, bis Vorderkante

Schrumpfscheibe fluchtet
128
shrinkage disk to be tightened until front
edge is aligned
* Teil-Nr. siehe Ersatzteilzeichnungen SLS (Kapitel 9) ** Reibungszahl

µ = 0,1 : geschmiert mit MoS2 -Paste
µ = 0,14: geölt
* For the part numbers see the spare parts ** coefficient of friction
drawings SLS (chapter 9) µ = 0,1 : lubricated with MoS2 -paste
µ = 0,14: oiled
Für die in dieser Liste nicht aufgeführten Schrauben des SLS gelten die Anziehdrehmomente
gemäß der Liste "Anziehdrehmomente für Schrauben - Allgemein ".
For the SLS screws not specified in the above list the tightening torques specified in the
table "Tightening torques for screws - general " apply.
Etk200800286.xls Mo_SLS 1/1

GEBR. PFEIFFER AG Verschleißgrenzen der Sperrluftspalte made by: Meyer rev. date:
Kaiserslautern made on: 07.01.2009 checked by: Prägert

Wear limits of seal air gaps
no.: 200800286 checked on: 07.01.2009
machine:
MPS 250 BK
vertical roller mill
Teil-Nr. * Beschreibung Spaltbreite Verschleißgrenze
part no. * description gap width wear limit
Sperrluftspalt Mahlwalze ca. 1 mm oder Sperrluftdruck
322 / 323 0,4 - 0,6mm
seal air gap grinding roller abt. 1 mm or seal air pressure
Sperrluftspalt Zugstangenabdichtung ca. 2 mm
532 / 546 1 mm
seal air gap pull rod sealing abt. 2 mm
Sperrluftspalt Zugstangenabdichtung ca. 1 mm
547 0,3 mm
seal air gap pull rod sealing abt. 1 mm
Sperrluftspalt Sperrluftleitung ca. 1 mm oder Sperrluftdruck
601 / 606 0,15 mm
seal air gap seal air piping abt. 1 mm or seal air pressure
* Teil-Nr. siehe Ersatzteilzeichnungen MPS (Kapitel 9)

300-399 Mahlwalze
500-599 Spannvorrichtung
600-699 Sperrluftleitung
700-799 Zusammenstellung
900-999 Drehmomentstütze für Druckrahmen
* For the part numbers see the spare parts drawings MPS (chapter 9)
300-399 grinding roller
500-599 tension device
600-699 seal air ducting
700-799 assembly
900-999 torque support for pressure frame
Etk200800286.xls Sp_B02 1/1

GEBR. PFEIFFER AG Verschleißgrenzen Mahlwalzenanschlag made by: Meyer rev. date:
Kaiserslautern made on: 07.01.2009 checked by: Prägert

Wear limits of grinding roller stop
no.: 200800286 checked on: 07.01.2009
machine:
MPS 250 BK
Teil-Nr. * Beschreibung Verschleißgrenze (Abhängig von der Verschleißform)
part no. * description wear limit (depending on the wear profile)
Anschlag für Mahlwalze nach Verschleiß
766 10 mm
stop to grinding roller after wear material loss
Panzerplatte nach Verschleiß
768 10 mm
liner plate after wear material loss
Bolzen Restquerschnitt Verschleiß
860 Ø 40 mm = 5 mm
bolt when worn down wear material loss
861 Ø 40 mm = 5 mm
Lasche nach Verschleiß
862 5 mm
strap after wear material loss
874 Ø 45 mm = 5 mm
875 Ø 45 mm = 5 mm
Lasche nach Verschleiß
876 5 mm
strap after wear material loss
alle anderen Teile von Mahlwalzen-
anschlag, innen nach Verschleiß
865-877 15%
all other parts of the inner after wear material loss
grinding rooler stop

860-877 Mahlwalzenanschlag, innen
700-799 assembly
860-877 grinding roller stop - inside
Etk200800286.xls V_MW 1/1

GEBR. PFEIFFER AG Verschleißgrenzen Druckrahmenanschlag made by: Meyer rev. date:
Kaiserslautern Wear limits of pressure frame stop made on: 07.01.2009 checked by: Prägert
no.: 200800286 checked on: 07.01.2009
machine:
MPS 250 BK
Teil-Nr. * Beschreibung Verschleißgrenze (Abhängig von der Verschleißform)
part no. * description wear limit (depending on the wear profile)
701 10 mm
706 10 mm

701-706 assembly
Etk200800286.xls V_DR02 1/1

depatment: TK rev. no.:
GEBR. PFEIFFER AG Wear measurement at made by: Prägert/Schn. rev. date:
Kaiserslautern grinding elements made on: 19.03.1998 checked by:
checked on:
Along with the mill Gebr. Pfeiffer AG supplies wear templates (see tool box) allowing the customer
to determine the current state of wear at the grinding elements.
Gebr. Pfeiffer AG evaluates these wear measurements with a computer programme (computer
aided wear analysis). The result is a wear profile which informs of the particular wear progress
in mm, kg and %, of details of the specific wear and of the grinding elements' life expectancy.
The customer is requested to advise Gebr. Pfeiffer AG of the measured values determined on the
measuring rays, namely the operating time till now (in h) and the material quantity ground till now (in t).
The evaluation will then be effected very quickly. This procedure does, however, make sense only
if wear is clearly measurable (several mm).
Gebr. Pfeiffer AG recommends regular wear measurements. If wear does not change considerably
between the individual measurements, intervals can be prolonged.
It is imperative for an accurate evaluation that wear measurement is carried out with the supplied
wear templates only. A drawing of the templates is included in the annex of chapter 8.
Wear at the grinding roller

date of operating time quantity ground measuring points (mm)
measurement in hours in tons 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10 11 12 13
Wear at the grinding table

date of operating time quantity ground measuring points (mm)
measurement in hours in tons 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10 11 12 13
Etkb1m12.xls chart 1/3

department: TK rev. no.:
Wear measurement at
GEBR. PFEIFFER AG made by: Prägert/Schn. rev. date:
Kaiserslautern
grinding elements
made on: 19.03.1998 checked by:
- grinding roller - checked on:
1
1
Outside C B Inside
A
1
2
3 .
2 . .
A template for grinding roller (drawing see annex of chapter 8)
B roller tyre
C wear
Wear measurement
- push the template over the grinding roller tyre
- Attention! Template to be flush with roller tire 1
- measure wear along the marked lines 2
Measure wear at all grinding rollers, if possible.
Etkb1m12.xls roller02 2/3

department: TK rev. no.:
Wear measurement at
GEBR. PFEIFFER AG made by: Prägert/Schn. rev. date:
Kaiserslautern
grinding elements
made on: 19.03.1998 checked by:
- grinding table - checked on:
1 3
2
1 3
2 .
. .
1
B C
A template for grinding table (drawing see annex of chapter 8)
B grinding table
C wear
Wear measurement
- clean grinding table
- place the templates on the places marked 1
- Attention! Template to be flush with grinding table 2
- measure wear along the marked lines 3
Measure wear at two or three places, if possible.
Etkb1m12.xls table07 3/3

8.3 Lubrication instructions
8.3.1 General hints
The lubrication points (oil/grease) are indicated in the following lubrication list.
The list quotes the oil and grease qualities to be used (reference according to DIN
51 502) and includes lubrication intervals and quantities.
The lubrication list is complemented by the enclosed lubrication chart.
The chart contains the various lubricant designations, the corresponding reference
according to DIN 51 502 and the lubrication brand names of the respective
suppliers.
Observe also the instructions given in the documents on the individual machine and
its components (chapter 11).
Observe the relevant regulations on environmental protection when using any

lubricants and when disposing of them!
Greasing instructions:
The heating of the greased bearings is checked during commissioning. High

temperatures suggest that there is too much grease in the bearing. In this case
check the grease filling (with machine switched off) and remove any excessive
grease.
After exchange of the grease filling or after regreasing, higher temperatures can
occur when starting the machine until the grease is evenly spread.
(Check temperature in bearings from time to time.)
Oil lubrication instructions:
Observe the intervals for oil changes quoted in the lubrication list.
Before carrying out oil changes, carefully clear the housing of oil mud, used oil
remainders and abraded particles. For this purpose use the oil quality which is used
for operation (heat up viscous oil qualities before use).
Use only oil qualities as specified!
Synthetic oil qualities must not be mixed with mineral oil or other synthetic oil
qualities. When changing from one oil quality to another (if permitted) rinse
thoroughly with the new oil quality.
ge0800287-83.doc Page 1 / 3
8.3.2 Instructions for lubrication of grinding roller bearings
Most important for achieving a long lifetime of the roller bearings is to use the right
lubricating oil!
Caution!
Inadequate lubricating oils cause bearing damages.
Use only such oils that comply with the following requirements
and/or are listed on our lubricant chart.
As is usual on grinding-drying mills, the grinding roller bearings must be lubricated

with a fully synthetic lubricating oil on polyglycol basis (PG oil).
The designation as per DIN 51502 is: CLP PG 680 or CLP PG 1000.
What is important for proper lubrication is not only the basic viscosity at 40°C but
above all the viscosity at operating temperature.
According to the roller bearing manufacturers’ instructions, the lubricating oil suited
for grinding roller bearings must have a viscosity of about 100 mm²/s at operating
temperature.
Moreover, the maximum temperature for using such oil must be at least 20°C higher
than operating temperature.
Hence for grinding rollers with dip lubrication, the following lubricating oils must be
used, considering the temperature after classifier:
Temperature after classifier 85 – 105 °C 100 – 120 °C

Viscosity at 100°C > 100 mm²/s
Viscosity at 120°C > 100 mm²/s
Viscosity index (VI) > 250 > 250
Lubricating oil to be used CLP PG 680 CLP PG 1000
In case of circulating oil lubrication, the lubricating oil type CLP PG 680 is normally
used also with higher temperatures after classifier because oil cooling is provided.
The above requirements are fulfilled by polyglycol oils only. Other synthetic
lubricating oils such as polyalpha olefins PAO (with a viscosity at 100°C of about 70
mm²/s only and VI of about 150) do not fulfill these requirements. Mineral oils are
totally inadequate (viscosity at 100°C is about 30 mm²/s only, VI about 90).
The products listed on our lubricant chart do fulfill these requirements. However,
using such oil does not automatically give you a guarantee. You are requested to
ask your lubricant supplier to undertake a guarantee for the quality of the lubricating
oil.
ge0800287-83.doc Page 2 / 3
For plants that are not used for grinding-drying, i.e. where temperature after
classifier is less than 85°C, other lubricating oils may be used after consultation with
Gebr. Pfeiffer AG.
However, the specifications under 2.1 of our lubrication list must absolutely be
observed.
New grinding rollers are filled with preserving oil. Prior to commissioning, the
preserving oil must be removed completely and the grinding rollers must be filled
with the service oil (lubricating oil) as specified on our lubrication list.
After removing the preserving oil, a remainder of less than 1% in the grinding rollers
won’t do any harm. This remainder will definitely be removed when carrying out the
first oil change after a few operating hours (see lubrication list).
During initial commissioning or after having replaced a bearing, fine metal abrasion
may occur in the roller bearings which is technically seen quite normal. This
phenomenon is sort of start-up abrasion which will normally stop during the initial
operating period. Most of the metal abrasion will be removed while carrying out the
first oil change scheduled after a few operating hours already (see lubrication list).
Polyglycol oils must not be mixed with mineral oils or other synthetic oils. Problems
may also be caused by mixing polyglycol oils from different manufacturers or by
mixing such oils with different viscosity rates. Hence, when refilling, always use the
same lubricating oil quality from the same supplier.
If you want to use a different product, the lubricating oil in the grinding rollers must
be removed completely.
Caution!
Any impurities contained in the lubricating oil reduce the lifetime of
the roller bearings.
Ensure cleanliness when filling in the oil:
- thoroughly clean the area around the oil filling screw on the
grinding rollers to avoid any inleak of dust;
- use clean receptacles only;
- fill in the oil through a filter.
If large amounts of oil are involved, it is recommended to carry out the oil change
whenever this turns out to be necessary after an oil analysis. With such an oil
analysis, at least the following criteria must be verified:
- viscosity at 40°C
- viscosity at 100°C
- viscosity index (VI)
- water content
- iron content
- PQ index
- contamination
- aging
ge0800287-83.doc Page 3 / 3
department: TP rev.-no.:
Schmierliste
GEBR. PFEIFFER AG made by: Barz rev. date:
Kaiserslautern Lubrication list made on: 07.01.2009 checked by: Prägert

no.: 200800286 checked on: 07.01.2009
client: KHD Humboldt Wedag GmbH project: KCC Katrana Cement order no.: 25306 - 26606
Nr. Anz. Bezeichnung Auf- Schmierstoff Füllmenge 1. Fül- Nach- Nachschmier- 1. Schmier- weitere Schmier- Bemerkungen
trags- Kennzeichnung nach lung vor- schmier- intervall stoffwechsel stoffwechsel
nr. DIN 51502 handen menge
siehe auch Schmierstofftabelle je X =Ja je
no. qty. designation com. lubricant filling 1st. lubricant relubrication 1st. lubricant further lubricant remarks
no. symbol acc. to DIN 51 502 capacity filling quantity to intervals change changes
see lubrication chart existing be refilled
Öl Fett
oil grease per item X =Yes per item
Zwangsräum-Zellenradschleuse siehe Betriebsanleitung /
1.0 1 25306 see operating instructions: Kukla
self-purifying rotary feeder Kapitel / chapter 11.4
Stirnradpaar ca. / approx. spät. nach 1 Jahr
CLP PG 220
1.1 1 25306 2,6 l X
pair of spur gear (synth. Öl / oil) at the latest after 1 year
Lager (Zellenrad) KP2K-20 alle 4 Wochen
1.2 2 25306 X
bearing (cellular wheel) Molykote BR2 plus every 4 weeks
Lager (Ausräumer) KP2K-20 alle 4 Wochen
1.3 2 25306 X
bearing (discharge device) Molykote BR2 plus every 4 weeks
Stopfbuchse (Zellenrad) KP2K-20 alle 4 Wochen
1.4 2 25306 X
stuffing box (cellular wheel) Molykote BR2 plus every 4 weeks
Stopfbuchse (Ausräumer) KP2K-20 alle 4 Wochen
1.5 2 25306 X
stuffing box (discharge device) Molykote BR2 plus every 4 weeks
Getriebemotor siehe Betriebsanleitung /
1.6 1 25306 see operating instructions: SEW
gearmotor Kapitel / chapter 11.4
Getriebe alle 10.000 h, spät. nach 3 Jahren alle 3.000 h, mindestens halbjährlich Öl überprüfen
1.6.1 1 RF 87 25306 CLP 220 2,4 l X
gearbox every 10,000 h, at the latest after 3 years check oil every 3,000 h, at least every 6 months
Motor siehe Lebensdauer geschmiert (Lagerwechselfrist beachten)
1.6.2 1 25306 Typenschild X
motor see nameplate greased for lifetime (observe the replacement interval for bearings)
Achtung: Bitte beachten Sie die Schmier- und Wartungsanweisungen der einzelnen Hersteller Attention: Please observe the lubrication and maintenance instructions of the
(siehe Betriebsanleitungen und Typenschilder). individual manufacturers (see operating instructions and nameplates).
Vor dem Betrieb sind die Schmierstellen und die Ölfüllungen zu überprüfen. Check lubrication points and oil fillings before putting the machine in operation.
Nur die von dem jeweiligen Getriebehersteller freigegebenen Öle verwenden. Only use oil qualities specified by the individual gearbox manufacturer.
Etk200800286.xls Zell02 1 / 10
Schmierliste
GEBR. PFEIFFER AG made by: Meyer rev. date:

no.: 200800286 checked on: 07.01.2009
Öl Fett
Walzenschüsselmühle
2.0 1 MPS 250 BK 25307
CLP PG 680 8.000 h oder 1 Jahr,
Mahlwalze Ölprobe alle 3 Monate, Beurteilung und
2.1 3 25307 synth. Öl / oil 12 l 50-100 h abhängig von Öl-
Freigabe durch den Ölhersteller
nur Öle verwenden, die in unserer probe auch > 1 Jahr
grinding roller
Schmierstofftabelle aufgeführt sind 8,000 h or 1 year
oil sample to be taken every 3 months,
only use oils specified in our depending on oil
assessment and release by lubricant manufacturer
lubrication chart sample also > 1 year
Radialwellendichtring zur Mahlwalze ca. / approx. bei Dichtungswechsel
2.2 3 radial shaft sealing ring to go with 25307 KP2N-20 0,1 kg X
grinding roller with each replacement of sealing
Hydraulikaggregat ca. / approx. siehe Betriebsanleitung /
2.3 1 Mahlwalzenfederung 25307 HLP 46 250 l 500-1.000 h 3.000-5.000 h see operating instructions: Hydac
Kapitel / chapter 11.6
hydraulic unit of grinding roller Füllmenge inkl. Hydraulikzylinder
suspension system filling capacity incl. hydraulic cylinders
Motor Hydraulikaggregat Lebensdauer geschmiert (Lagerwechselfrist beachten) siehe Betriebsanleitung /
2.3.1 2 25307 X see operating instructions: ABB
motor to hydraulic unit greased for lifetime (observe the replacement interval for bearings) Kapitel / chapter 11.6
Gelenklager Hydraulikzylinder 3 3 Lagerwechsel alle 15.000 h
2.4 3 25307 KPF2K 10 cm 2 cm 150 h
articulation bearing of hydraulic mit/with MoS2
replace the bearing every 15,000 h
cylinder
Sperrluftventilator siehe eigene Betriebsanleitung /
2.7 1 25307 see separate operating instructions:
seal air fan supplied by GP-India
Etk200800286.xls MPS01 2 / 10
Schmierliste

no.: 200800286 checked on: 07.01.2009
Öl Fett
Schwenksäule der vor jedem Schmierstellen siehe Zeichnung
2.8 1 Walzenausbauvorrichtung 25307 K3K-20 Gebrauch "Walzenausbauvorrichtung" (Kapitel 8 - Anhang)
Lift-and Swing column of before lubrication points acc. to drawing
Lift-and-Swing System every use "Lift-and-Swing System" (chapter 8 - Annex)
Hydraulikaggregat zur ca. / approx. 3 Jahre oder siehe Betriebsanleitung /
2.9 1 Walzenausbauvorrichtung 25307 HLP 46 15 l je nach Ergebnis einer Ölanalyse see operating instructions: Hydac
portable hydraulic unit of 3 years or Kapitel / chapter 11.7
Lift-and-Swing System depending on result of oil analysis
Motor Hydraulikaggregat Lebensdauer geschmiert (Lagerwechselfrist beachten) siehe Betriebsanleitung /
motor to hydraulic unit greased for lifetime (observe the replacement interval for bearings) Kapitel / chapter 11.7
Etk200800286.xls MPS01 3 / 10
Schmierliste

no.: 200800286 checked on: 07.01.2009
Öl Fett
Pumpe zur Wassereindüsung siehe Betriebsanleitung /
2.10 2 NM 021 25307 see operating instructions: Netzsch
pump for water injection Kapitel / chapter 11.9
Bolzengelenk CLP HC 460 bei jedem Öffnen

2.10.1 4 25307 Klübersynth 0,002 l X
pin joint UH1 6 - 460 when opening the pump for any reason
2.10.2 2 25307 see operating instructions: SEW
Getriebe siehe alle 10.000 h, spät. nach 3 Jahren alle 3.000 h, mindestens halbjährlich Öl überprüfen
2.10.2.1 2 RXF 57 25307 Typenschild 0,5 l X
gearbox see nameplate every 10,000 h, at the latest after 3 years check oil every 3,000 h, at least every 6 months
2.10.2.2 2 25307 Typenschild X
Etk200800286.xls Eindüs05 4 / 10
Schmierliste

no.: 200800286 checked on: 07.01.2009
Öl Fett
Mühlenantrieb
3.0 1 25308
mill drive
ca. / approx. je nach Ergebnis siehe Betriebsanleitung /
Getriebe CLP 320
1.000 h der Ölanalyse see operating instructions: Flender
3.1 1 KMP 280 25308 (ISO VG 320) 770 l
oder je nach (ohne Ölanalyse: Kapitel / chapter 11.10
gearbox
nur vom Getriebehersteller ( = gesamte Ergebnis der alle 18 Monate Öl auf Wassergehalt kontrollieren:
freigegebene Öle verwenden, siehe Betriebsöl- Ölanalyse oder 5.000 h) alle 400 h, min. einmal im Jahr
Flender Schmierstoffempfehlung menge / check oil for water content:
only use oil qualities specified = total 1,000 h depending on every 400 h, at least once a year
by the gearbox manufacturer operating or depending on result of oil analysis Ölanalyse: alle 1.000 h
see Flender list "Recommended oil quantity) result of oil analysis (without oil analysis: oil analysis: every 1,000 h
Lubricants" every 18 months vor Erstinbetriebnahme ist das Getriebe zu Spülen
or 5,000 h) prior to first start-up rinse the gearbox
Motor Niederdruckkreis Lebensdauer geschmiert (Lagerwechselfrist beachten) siehe Betriebsanleitung /
motor to low-pressure circuit greased for lifetime (observe the replacement interval for bearings) Kapitel / chapter 11.10
Mühlenmotor keine Lieferung von Gebr. Pfeiffer AG
3.3 1
mill motor not supplied by Gebr. Pfeiffer AG
Wartungsantrieb (Getriebemotor) siehe Betriebsanleitung /
3.4 1 25308 see operating instructions: Flender
maintenance drive (gearmotor) Kapitel / chapter 11.10
siehe ca. / approx. 10.000 h, spät. alle 2 Jahre, Ölbeschaffenheit kontrollieren: alle 6 Monate
Getriebe MOTOX
3.4.1 1 Typenschild X nach 2 Jahren oder 10.000 h check the oil quality: every 6 months
D 88 25308 4,0 l *
see 10,000 h, at the every 2 years * genaue Ölmenge siehe Typenschild
gearbox B3
nameplate latest after 2 years or 10,000 h * exact oil quantity see name plate
Motor Lebensdauer geschmiert (Lagerwechselfrist beachten)
3.4.2 1 25308 X
motor greased for lifetime (observe the replacement interval for bearings)
Etk200800286.xls Getr09 5 / 10
Schmierliste
GEBR. PFEIFFER AG made by: Hollstein rev. date:

no.: 200800286 checked on: 07.01.2009
Öl Fett
Lamellensichter Schmierstellen siehe Ersatzteilzeichnung SLS /
4.0 1 SLS 1800 BK 25309 lubrication points acc. to spare parts drawing SLS
lamella classifier (Kapitel 9 / chapter 9)
ca. / approx. Wälzlager ganz und 2/3 des freien Raumes im
Lager unten X 3 wöchentlich alle 2 Jahre
25309 KP2N-20 0,6 kg 20 cm Gehäuse mit frischem Fett füllen
4.1 1
Aralub fill roller bearing completely and 2/3 of the free
bottom bearing once a week every 2 years
4034 space in housing with fresh grease
ca. / approx. Wälzlager ganz und 2/3 des freien Raumes im
Lager oben X 3 wöchentlich alle 2 Jahre
25309 KP2N-20 1,1 kg 20 cm Gehäuse mit frischem Fett füllen
4.2 1
Aralub fill roller bearing completely and 2/3 of the free
top bearing once a week every 2 years
4034 space in housing with fresh grease
4.3

ca. / approx. *) gültig bis 85°C / valid up to 85°C
Getriebe alle 10.000 h *
4.4.1 1 RF 97 25310 CLP HC 220 14 l X
spät. nach 5 Jahren alle 3.000 h, mindestens halbjährlich Öl überprüfen
gearbox
(synth. Öl / oil) at the latest after 5 years check oil every 3,000 h, at least every 6 month
Etk200800286.xls SLS01 6 / 10
Schmierliste

no.: 200800286 checked on: 07.01.2009
Öl Fett
Zellenradschleuse siehe Betriebsanleitung /
zum Zyklonabscheider
5.0 3 26602 see operating instructions: Jaudt
rotary lock 350x350
to cyclone collector Kapitel / chapter 11.14
Flanschlager Lebensdauer geschmiert
5.1 6 26602 X
flange bearing greased for lifetime
5.2.1 3 RF 77 26602 CLP 220 1,2 l X
Etk200800286.xls Zell05 7 / 10
Schmierliste

no.: 200800286 checked on: 07.01.2009
Öl Fett
Zellenradschleuse siehe Betriebsanleitung /
zum Filter
6.0 1 26603 see operating instructions: Jaudt
rotary lock 250x250
to filter Kapitel / chapter 11.14
Flanschlager Lebensdauer geschmiert
6.1 2 26603 X
flange bearing greased for lifetime
6.2.1 1 RF 47 26603 CLP 220 0,65 l X
Etk200800286.xls Zell05 (2) 8 / 10

Schmierliste

no.: 200800286 checked on: 07.01.2009
Öl Fett
Sicherheitsabsperrklappe siehe Betriebsanleitung /
7.0 3 26604 see operating instructions: Edelhoff
safety shut-off flap Kapitel / chapter 11.16
Gelenklager KP2N-25 alle 6 Monate Nachfüllen, bis Fett austritt
3
7.1 6 26604 Mobilux EP2 0,24 kg 70 cm
ball and socket joint Esso Beacon EP2 every 6 months refill until grease exudes
AUMA ca. 6 Monate siehe Betriebsanleitung /
Drehantrieb alle 6 Jahre
7.2 3 26604 Kugellagerfett (wenn Schmiernippel vorhanden) see operating instructions: Auma
X
AUMA ball approx. 6 months Kapitel / chapter 11.16
actuator every 6 years
bearing grease (if lubricating nippel existing)
AUMA siehe Betriebsanleitung /
Schneckengetriebe alle 6 Jahre
7.3.1 2 GSD 100.3 / 26604 Kugellagerfett 1,0 kg see operating instructions: Auma
X
VZ 2.3 AUMA ball + 0,3 kg Kapitel / chapter 11.16
worm gearbox every 6 years
bearing grease
AUMA siehe Betriebsanleitung /
Schneckengetriebe alle 6 Jahre
7.3.2 1 GSD 125.3 / 26604 Kugellagerfett 1,2 kg see operating instructions: Auma
X
VZ 4.3 AUMA ball + 0,3 kg Kapitel / chapter 11.16
worm gearbox every 6 years
bearing grease
Stoßdämpfer alle 9 Monate siehe Betriebsanleitung /
7.4 1 26604 HLP 32 X see operating instructions: Forkardt
shock absorber every 9 months Kapitel / chapter 11.16
Etk200800286.xls Klapp01 9 / 10
Schmierliste

no.: 200800286 checked on: 07.01.2009
Öl Fett
Magnetbandabscheider siehe Betriebsanleitung /
8.0 1 26606 see operating instructions: Wagner
magnetic belt separator Kapitel / chapter 11.1
1.500 h 5.000 h oder jährlich 50% des freien Raumes im Gehäuse mit Fett füllen
Wälzlager
oder alle 3 Monate (bei Lagern mit geteiltem Gehäuse) fill 50% of the free space in housing with grease
8.1 4 26606 KP2P-30 X
or every 3 months 5.000 h or once a year *) wenn Schmiernippel vorhanden
rolling bearing
*) (for bearings with divided casing) *) if lubricating nippel existing
Getriebe siehe alle 25.000 h, spät. nach 5 Jahren alle 3.000 h, mindestens halbjährlich Öl überprüfen
8.2.1 1 SA 67 26606 Typenschild 2,9 l X
gearbox see nameplate every 25,000 h, at the latest after 5 years check oil every 3,000 h, at least every 6 months
Etk200800286.xls Magnet01 10 / 10
Schmierstofftabelle
GEBR. PFEIFFER AG
Kaiserslautern Lubrication chart
Tableau de lubrifiants
Um einen störungsfreien Betrieb zu gewährleisten und eine möglichst lange Lebensdauer zu erzielen, ist eine richtige Schmierung unserer Maschinen unerläßlich. Wir
haben in der nachstehenden Tabelle Schmierstoffe aufgeführt, mit denen nach unseren Erfahrungen eine ausreichende Schmierung unserer Maschinen zu erreichen
ist, ohne daß wir eine Haftung für ihre Eignung übernehmen.
In order to ensure a trouble-free operation and to obtain a maximum life-time, a correct lubrication of our machines is inevitable. The table on the next page contains
lubricants which in our experience have proved sufficient lubrication of our machinery without taking responsibility of their qualification.
Afin d'assurer une marche impeccable et d'obtenir une endurance maxi, la machine exige une lubrification adéquate. Sur la table suivante figurent ces lubrifiants qui se
sont révéls suffisants pour nos machines selon l'expérience acquise, mais nous n'acceptons aucune responsabilité en matiére de leur utilité.
Achtung:
Bitte beachten Sie die Schmier- und Wartungsanweisungen der einzelnen Hersteller (siehe Betriebsanleitungen und Typenschilder).
Vor dem Betrieb sind die Schmierstellen und die Ölfüllungen zu überprüfen.
Nur die von dem jeweiligen Getriebehersteller freigegebenen Öle verwenden.
Attention:
Please observe the lubrication and maintenance instructions of the individual manufacturers (see operating instructions and nameplates).
Check lubrication points and oil fillings before putting the machine in operation.
Only use oil qualities specified by the individual gearbox manufacturer.
Attention:
Veuillez observer les instructions de lubrification et de maintenance de chaque fabricant (voir manuel de service et plaque de fabrication).
Avant de mettre la machine en service, il faut vérifier les points de lubrification et les niveaux d'huile.
N'utiliser que des qualités d'huile précisées par le fabricant du réducteur concerné.
Etkschtab.xls 1/5
department: TK MPS01
Schmierstofftabelle
GEBR. PFEIFFER AG made by: Prägert rev.-no.: 04
Kaiserslautern Lubrication chart rev. date: 06.03.2008
Nr. Schmierstoff Kennzeichnung nach ISO VG

Pos. Lubricant Symbol according to DIN 51 519
Lubrifiant Symbole selon (mm²/s /40°C)
DIN 51 502 NLGI-Kl.
DIN 51 818
Hydrauliköl HLP nach DIN 51 524 T2
HLP Hyspin AWS 22
1 Hydraulicoil acc. to ISO VG 22 Vitam GF 22 Staroil NR 22 Energol HLP-HM 22 Rando HD 22
22 Hyspin SP 22
Huile hydraulique selon
Hyspin AWS 46
HLP
2 ISO VG 46 Vitam GF 46 Staroil NR 46 Energol HLP-HM 46 Rando HD 46 Hyspin SP 46
46
Vario HDX 46
HLP Hyspin AWS 68

3 ISO VG 68 Vitam GF 68 Staroil NR 68 Energol HLP-HM 68 Rando HD 68
68 Hyspin SP 68
Synthetisches Schmieröl auf Polyglykol-basis

CLP PG
4 polyglycol-based synthetic lubricating oil ISO VG 680 Degol GS 680 Berusynth EP 680 Enersyn SG-XP 680 - -
680
huile de graissage syntétique à base de polyglycol
PG-Öle nicht mischbar mit Mineralölen
CLP PG
5 Polyglycols are not mixable with mineral oils ISO VG 1000 Degol GS 1000 Berusynth EP 1000 - - -
1000
Polyglycole n'est pas miscible avec des huiles minérale
Schmierfett DIN 51 825 Multifak EP 2

Spheerol AP 2
6 Lubricating grease K NLGI 2 Aralub HL 2 Rhus L474-2 Energrease LS 2 Multifak MP 2
2K-20 LZV-EP
Graisses lubrifiantes Multifak 142
K/KP/KPE/KPF
7 K NLGI 3 Aralub HL 3 Rhus L474-3 Energrease LS 3 Multifak RSP Spheerol AP 3
3K-20
Aralub HLP 2 LZV-EP

8 KP NLGI 2 Rhus L474-2 Energrease LS-EP 2
Aralub 4034 Grease 783/46
2K-20
LZV-EP
9 KP NLGI 2 Aralub 4034 Rhus L474-2
2N-20
Grease 783/46
10 *) mit/with/avec MoS2 KPF NLGI 2 Aralub HLPF 2 *) Berumoly KLF2K *) Molytex EP2 *)
2K-20
Etkschtab.xls 2/5
Schmierstofftabelle

DIN 51 502 NLGI-Kl.
DIN 51 818
HLP Renolin MR 5 VG 22
1 Hydraulicoil acc. to ISO VG 22 Renolin B 5 Mobil DTE 22 Hydo 22
22 Renolin B 5 VG 22
HLP Renolin MR 15 VG 46 Mobil DTE 25 Hydo MV 46

2 ISO VG 46 Renolin B 15 Lamora HLP 46
46 Renolin B 15 VG 46 Mobil DTE Excel 46 Hydo 46
HLP Renolin MR 20 VG 68 Mobil DTE 26 Hydo MV 68

3 ISO VG 68 Renolin B 20 Lamora HLP 68
68 Renolin B 20 VG 68 Mobil DTE Excel 68 Hydo 68

CLP PG
4 polyglycol-based synthetic lubricating oil ISO VG 680 Renolin PG 680 Gearmaster PGP 680 Klübersynth GH 6-680 Glygoyle 680 Optiflex A 680
680
CLP PG
5 Polyglycols are not mixable with mineral oils ISO VG 1000 Renolin PG 1000 Gearmaster PGP 1000 Klübersynth GH 6-1000 Glygoyle 1000 Optiflex A 1000
1000
Schmierfett DIN 51 825 Renolit FWA 160

Olista Longtime 2
6 Lubricating grease K NLGI 2 Renolit MP Lagermeister BF 2 Centoplex 2 Unirex N2
2K-20 Olit 2 EP
Graisses lubrifiantes Renolit LZR 2
K/KP/KPE/KPF
K
Olista Longtime 3
7 NLGI 3 Renolit FWA 220 Stabyl L 120 Centoplex 3 Unirex N3
3K-20 Olit 3 EP
Klüberplex BE 11-462 Olista Longtime 2

8 KP NLGI 2 Renolit FEP 2 Mobilux EP 2
Centoplex GLP 402 Olit 2 EP
2K-20
Klüberplex BE 11-462 Olista Longtime 2

9 KP NLGI 2 Renolit FEP 2 Mobilith SHC 220
2N-20
Centoplex GLP 402 Olit 2 EP
Mobilith SHC 1000 Special

10 *) mit/with/avec MoS2 KPF NLGI 2 Renolit FLM 2 *) Stabyl L-TS MO *)
*)
2K-20
Etkschtab.xls 3/5
Schmierstofftabelle

DIN 51 502 NLGI-Kl.
DIN 51 818
HLP Tellus 22
1 Hydraulicoil acc. to ISO VG 22 Rando HD 22 Azolla ZS 22 Tribol 943 AW 22
22 Tellus S 22
HLP Tellus 46
2 ISO VG 46 Rando HD 46 Azolla ZS 46 Tribol 943 AW 46
46 Tellus S 46
HLP Tellus 68
3 ISO VG 68 Rando HD 68 Azolla ZS 68 Tribol 943 AW 68
68 Tellus S 68

CLP PG
4 polyglycol-based synthetic lubricating oil ISO VG 680 Tivela S 680 - - Tribol 800/680
680
CLP PG
5 Polyglycols are not mixable with mineral oils ISO VG 1000 Tivela S 1000 - - Tribol 800/1000
1000
Schmierfett DIN 51 825 Multifak EP 2

6 Lubricating grease K NLGI 2 Alvania RL2 Multifak MP 2 Multis EP 2 Tribol 4020/220-2
Graisses lubrifiantes 2K-20 Multifak 142
K/KP/KPE/KPF
7 K NLGI 3 Alvania RL3 Multifak Premium 3 Multis EP 3
3K-20
8 KP NLGI 2 Alvania EP (LF) 2 Multis EP 2 Tribol 4020/220-2

2K-20
9 KP NLGI 2 Alvania EP2 Multis EP 2 Tribol 4020/220-2

2N-20
10 *) mit/with/avec MoS2 KPF NLGI 2 Albida HDX2 *) Molytex EP2 *) Multis MS 2 *) Molub-Alloy 860/220-2 *)
2K-20
Etkschtab.xls 4/5
Schmierstofftabelle
GEBR. PFEIFFER AG
Kaiserslautern Lubrication chart
Die in dieser Tabelle aufgeführten Schmierstoffe sind bei den Verkaufsabteilungen der nachstehenden Mineralölgesellschaften zu beziehen. Jede der genannten Gesellschaften unterhält einen schmiertechnischen Dienst,
dessen Ingenieure unseren Kunden auf Wunsch zur Beratung in allen Fragen der zweckmäßigen Schmierung zur Verfügung stehen.
The lubricants set out in this table are from the sales departments of the following companies. Each of these companies has a lubrication service, whose engineers will, on request, gladly advise our customers on all questions
relating to suitable lubrication.
Les lubrifiants indiqués dans ce tableau de grassage peuvent être approvisionnés auprès des services commerciaux des sociétés se pétroliéres mentionnées ci-dessous. Les ingénieurs des services techniques des ces
sociétés se tiennent à la disposition de nos clients pour toute consultation en matière de grassage.
ARAL Aktiengesellschaft - Wittener Straße 45 D-44789 Bochum KLÜBER LUBRICATION MÜNCHEN KG - Geisenhausenerstr. 7 D-81379 München
ARAL-Vertriebsgesellschaft im Ausland auf Anfrage. KLÜBER-Gesellschaften und -Vertretungen in der ganzen Welt.
Agencies of ARAL AG in European countries. KLÜBER companies and representations all over the world.
Représentations de la sociéte ARAL AG dans l´Europe entiére. Sociétés et représentations KLÜBER dans le monde entier.
CARL BECHEM GMBH - Weststraße 120 D-58089 Hagen ESSO Deutschland GmbH - Kapstadtring 2 - D-22297 Hamburg
BECHEM Vertretungen in der ganzen Welt. EXXONMOBIL-Gesellschaften in der ganzen Welt
BECHEM representations all over the world. EXXONMOBIL companies all over the world
Réprésentations BECHEM dans le monde entier. Les Compangnies EXXONMOBIL - dans le monde entier.
BP Schmierstoff GmbH - Neuhöfer Brückenstr. 127-152 D-21107 Hamburg Castrol Industrie GmbH - Performance Lubrication - Erkelenzer Str. 20 D-41179 Mönchengladbach
Im Ausland: Die BP-Gesellschaften in der ganzen Welt. Niederlassungen und Vertretungen für Optimol, Tribol und Molub-Alloy Produkte weltweit.
BP companies all over the world. Branch offices and distributors for Optimol, Tribol and Molub-Alloy products worldwide.
Les compagnies BP dans le monde entier. Sociétés et réprésentations pour les prouits Optimol, Tribol et Molub-Alloy dans le monde entier.
Texaco Deutschland GmbH - Grafenberger Allee 124 D-40237 Düsseldorf Deutsche Shell AG - Überseering 35 D-2297 Hamburg
Im Ausland: TEXACO und CLATEX Gesellschaften inder ganzen Welt. Im Ausland: Die Shell-Gesellschaften in der ganzen Welt.
TEXAXO and CALTEX Companies all over the world. Shell companies all over dthe world.
Les Sociétés TEXACO et CLATEX dans le monde entier. Les compagnies Shell dans le monde entier.
Castrol Industrie GmbH - Performance Lubrication - Erkelenzer Str. 20 D-41179 Mönchengladbach Texaco Deutschland GmbH - Grafenberger Allee 124 D-40237 Düsseldorf
Niederlassungen und Vertretungen für Optimol, Tribol umd Molub-Alloy Produkte weltweit. Im Ausland: TEXACO und CLATEX Gesellschaften inder ganzen Welt
Branch offices and distributors for Optimol, Tribol and Molub-Alloy products worldwide. TEXAXO and CALTEX Companies all over the world
Sociétés et réprésentations pour les produits Optimol, Tribol et Molub-Alloy dans le monde entier. Les Sociétés TEXACO et CLATEX dans le monde entier
FUCHS Europe Schmierstoffe GmbH - Friesenheimer 15 D-68169 Mannheim TOTAL Deutschland GmbH - Kirchfeldstr. 61 D-40217 Düsseldorf
Im Ausland: Die FUCHS Gesellschaften in der ganzen Welt Im Ausland: TOTAL Gesellschaften in der ganzen Welt.
Companies and representations all over the world. TOTAL-Companies all over the world.
Sociétés et réprésentations dans le monde entier. Sociétés TOTAL dans le monde entier.
FUCHS LUBRITECH GmbH - Hans Reiner Str. 7-13 D-67685 Weilerbach Castrol Industrie GmbH - Performance Lubrication - Erkelenzer Str. 20 D-41179 Mönchengladbach
Vertretungen und Lizenzfertigungen in Europa und Überseee auf Anfrage. Niederlassungen und Vertretungen für Optimol, Tribol umd Molub-Alloy Produkte weltweit.
Adresse of representatives and licencees in Europe and overseas upon request. Branch offices and distributors for Optimol, Tribol and Molub-Alloy products worldwide.
Les addresses de nos representations et de nos fabrications de licence en Europe et outre-mer sont á votre dispositon. Sociétés et réprésentations pour les produits Optimol, Tribol et Molub-Alloy dans le monde entier.
Etkschtab.xls 5/5
8.4 Repair
Repair works must be carried out on shut-down machines only. Ensure that the
machine cannot be switched on unintentionally.
Repair works must be carried out by maintenance personnel assigned to the job
(refer to chapter 2.4). Beside standard repair works special works are required
which demand further specific knowledge of the machine.
We recommend therefore, to have these repair works carried out by one of our
qualified supervisors.
Should these repair works be carried out without our experts, we cannot be held
liable for these works nor for possible consequential damages.
Repair works occurring within the guarantee period must be carried out by our
qualified supervisors or with our written approval.
Should repair works be necessary which are mentioned neither in the following
chapters nor in the documents on the relevant plant components (chapter 11)
contact GEBR. PFEIFFER AG.
All parts required for repair works, such as lifting gear, lifting aids, fastening parts
etc., must be checked for damages and wear before use. Damaged or worn parts
must not be used any longer and must be replaced by new original parts.
If repair works are to be carried out for which the existing platforms are not
sufficient, suitable working platforms (e.g. lifting platforms) or scaffolds must be used
in compliance with the local regulations for accident prevention.
Several parts are provided with threads for eye bolts for transport and erection
purposes. These threads are sealed with hexagon head bolts or set screws. After
erection remove the eye bolts and seal the threads to protect eye bolts and set
screws from wear.
Attention! Once they have been loosed, replace self-locking nuts with new ones.
Danger! Do not enter the grinding zone of the mill when the grinding rollers are
lifted up.
Danger! Prior to any repair work in the mill and classifier such as in particular
welding, grinding, and flame cutting, remove any coal dust from the
mill and classifier.
ge0800286-84.doc Page 1 / 30
Weights
These are the weights to be considered for repair works on the plant:
- mill gearbox (without oil filling) 10,000 kg
- grinding bowl (without grinding plate) 9,500 kg
- grinding plate segment 365 kg
- grinding roller, complete 8,500 kg
- pressure frame 4,000 kg
- classifier, complete 16,000 kg
- outlet duct with bearing and

separating wheel 6,000 kg
- classifier top part without outlet duct,

with components 5,000 kg
- classifier top part with outlet duct,

bearing, and separating wheel,
with components 11,000 kg
- classifier bottom part with components 5,000 kg
- reject box with reject slide 1,400 kg
For further details on the individual weights see the spare parts lists (in chapter 9)
and the documents on the relevant plant components (chapter 11).
Drawing reference
The following chapters on repair include references to various drawings. These

drawings are enclosed in the annex of chapter 8, the drawings of spare parts are
included in chapter 9.
ge0800286-84.doc Page 2 / 30
8.4.1 How to lift the classifier off the grinding plant
Observe basic safety instructions contained in chapter 2 and the instructions in

chapter 8.4.
Danger! Switch off machine and secure it against restart.
Danger! Machine is operated at high temperatures.

Risk of burns!
Wait for machine to cool down before carrying out any work on the
classifier.
Important! Be sure to take into account that the weights stated increase and the
max. capacity of the rope has to be adapted according to the
additions and the modifications made by the customer (e.g.
insulation, additional platforms, additional lining etc.).
Danger! The complete classifier must not be lifted up if the weight has
increased or if the wall thickness has decreased due to wear. The
max. mass that can be lifted up must be recalculated.
Danger! Ensure that all electric lines are dead.
Remove the electric connection cable of the classifier drive.
Remove the connection cable to the resistance thermometers.
Remove the section of the ducting at the classifier outlet duct.
Proceed to section C for instructions if only the outlet duct and the separating wheel
need to be removed.
Remove infeed chute on the material inlet of classifier top part.
If the complete classifier has to be lifted, continue with section B.
ge0800286-84.doc Page 3 / 30
A) How to lift the classifier top part off the classifier bottom part
(The item numbers refer to the "Spare parts drawing SLS".)
Either remove top part of the classifier (item 150) complete with outlet duct
(item 185), or lift off classifier top part separately after removing the outlet duct
(refer to section C).
Dismantle the central fall pipe (item 121.1) in the mill.
Loosen screw connections between classifier top part and classifier bottom
part (item 103).
Danger! Do not suspend the outlet duct by the ribs (item 176).
Use suspension eyes (item 171) to suspend top part of the classifier together
with the outlet duct and lift it off, or else remove outlet duct first, then suspend
classifier top part by the flange and lift it off.
Important! Fasten ropes, chains or rods in such a way that no pressure is

applied onto the drive. If this is not possible, remove the drive
first (see chapter 8.4.13).
Set down the classifier top part at a suitable place.
The erection of the classifier top part is carried out in reverse order.
Important! Before placing the classifier top part onto the classifier bottom
part it might be necessary to stick a new sealing cord (item 104)
onto the flange of the classifier bottom part.
ge0800286-84.doc Page 4 / 30
B) Lifting of the complete classifier
(The item numbers refer to the "Spare parts drawings MPS or SLS").
The classifier can be removed either completely or in two steps, i.e. first the
classifier top part is lifted off as described in section A, and then the classifier
bottom part.
Remove the differential pressure measuring line (MPS item 750) at the
transition to the classifier.
Loosen the screw connections between mill and classifier bottom part (MPS
items 722-724).
Danger! Do not suspend the complete classifier from the ribs (SLS item
176) welded onto the classifier outlet duct.
Hang the classifier bottom part at the flange and lift it up or lift up the complete
classifier and put it down where appropriate. For this, use the three
suspension eyes (SLS item 171).

Important! Since the grit cone (SLS-item 121) protrudes from underneath
the classifier bottom part, suitable shims must be placed
underneath the classifier bottom part when putting down the
latter.
The erection of the classifier is carried out in reverse order.
Important! Before placing the classifier bottom part onto the mill, it might
be necessary to glue a new sealing cord (MPS item 721) onto
the mill flange.
ge0800286-84.doc Page 5 / 30
C) How to lift the outlet duct off the classifier top part
(The item numbers refer to the "Spare parts drawing SLS".)
Loosen screw connections (item 187) between outlet duct and top part of the
classifier.
Lift off outlet duct (item 185) with bearing (item 200) and separating wheel
(items 160-169) using the suspension eyes (item 171).

Attention! Do not place the outlet duct on the separating wheel.
Danger! When putting the outlet duct down, secure it against falling
over.
Put outlet duct down in a suitable place.
Important! As the separating wheel (item 160-169) protrudes downwards,

provide outlet duct with suitable substructure.
The erection of the outlet duct is carried out in reverse order.
Important! Before placing the outlet duct on the classifier top part, it might
be necessary to stick a new sealing cord (item 188) onto the
classifier top part.
ge0800286-84.doc Page 6 / 30
8.4.2 Removal and mounting of grinding rollers
Removal and mounting of the grinding rollers is carried out by means of the Lift-and-
Swing System shown on the drawing "Lift-and-Swing System" (see chapter 8 -
Annex).
The item numbers 200 - 899 refer to the "Spare parts drawings MPS" (see chapter
9).
For the removal of the grinding rollers a suitable working platform must be available.
Observe the swing radii of the maintenance door and the grinding roller!
Observe the basic safety instructions provided in chapter 2 and the instructions in
chapter 8.4.
Danger! During operation the machine becomes very hot.

Risk of burns!
Before carrying out any works on the mill, wait until the machine has
cooled down.
Danger! For works inside the mill ensure that it is sufficiently aired. If
necessary wear suitable protection equipment.
Danger! Wear a safety harness, or enlarge the existing platform using a

suitable working platform.
Attention! Observe the tightening torques specified in the drawings.
Open the maintenance door and swing it aside.
Remove the segments of the cover cone (item 222) from around the door as well as
the detachable segment of the ported air ring.
Remove the parts of the water injection system (item 735) from the grinding zone.
Loosen covers (item 866) on the pressure yokes (item 360) so that the grinding
roller stop parts (items 865-877) hang freely.
Dismantle and remove the three seal air ducts (item 601) from the grinding rollers.
Important! Cover the seal air openings to protect them from dust.
Fasten the covers (item 14) to the pressure yokes (item 360).
ge0800286-84.doc Page 7 / 30
Pull the sinkable central column (item 243) out of the cover hood (item 240). Secure
it with the clamping bolt (item 11) and the screws (item 40).
Mount the central column head (item 4) onto the central column.
Fasten the three supporting arms (item 5) to the central column head by means of
the thread ledges (item 8) and the screws (item 45).
Important! Slightly loosen the screws (item 40); now the central column with the
central column head can be rotated in order to bring the supporting
arms in a suitable position.
Mount the bracket (item 6) to the pressure yoke.
Slightly loosen the screws (item 45) and adjust the height of the supporting arms.
Attention! Ensure a distance of about 10 mm between the brackets and the

supporting arms to avoid unnecessary bending loads.
Use the cotter bolts (item 7) to connect the brackets with the supporting arms.
Important! The bracket can be aligned after the screws have been loosened
(item 47).
Danger! Use wood wedges to secure the grinding rollers against rolling on the
grinding track.
Remove the covers from the three openings in the classifier flange and screw the
three lifting eye bolts (item 39) into the pressure frame.
Remove the six connecting straps (item 862) from between the grinding rollers and
the pressure frame.
Raise the pressure frame with the tensioning hydraulics and secure it with the three
bolts (item 18). Then switch off the hydraulic unit.
Danger! Do not enter the mill until the pressure frame is secured with the
bolts.
Important! For raising and lowering of the pressure frame see operating
description of the tensioning hydraulics (Operating instructions
"Hydraulic unit - grinding roller suspension system", chapter 11).
Remove the six rollers (item 712) from the pressure yokes.
Important! Before removing the roller sockets (item 710 or 711) from the
pressure frame (item 400) or from the pressure yoke (item 360), the
fitting position of the roller sockets must be written down (also refer to
drawing “Grinding roller – arrangement drawing” in chapter 8 (Annex).
ge0800286-84.doc Page 8 / 30
Mount the Lift-and-Swing device (items 1 - 3) to the mill housing exterior as follows:
- put the Lift-and-Swing column onto the console of the mill housing and hook the
bottom flange of the Lift-and-Swing device onto the supporting stand (item 10),
- fasten a hoist between Lift-and-Swing device and central column head (item 4),
- pull over the Lift-and-Swing column by means of the hoist and fasten it with the
screws (item 51 and 67),
- then remove hook and hoist.
Connect the hydraulic unit (item 25).
Important! The connections on the unit are equipped with quick-action couplings,
i.e. the hydraulic oil remains in the hoses when these are
disconnected and the pressure is kept up.
Swing the supporting foot (item 3) into the mill.
For removal of the grinding rollers use the maintenance drive to position them
exactly over the supporting foot.
Important! For details on the operation of the maintenance drive see operating
instructions from the supplier of the gearbox – chapter 11.
Use the two turnbuckles (items 21, 22 and 38) and the bolts (item 15) with spring
cotters (item 35) and the screw (item 49) to fasten the grinding roller to the Lift-and-
Swing column. Fill the distance to the screw with shims (item 13) so that the
pressure yoke and the head of the screw fit tight when the screw has been
tightened.
Danger! The spring cotters (item 35) must be inserted to secure the bolts
(item 15).
Pull out the cotter bolts (item 7).
Raise the grinding roller by activating the hydraulic unit (see operating instructions
"Hydraulic unit", chapter 11).
Danger! Before swinging out the grinding roller secure the raised Lift-and-
Swing column using the locking bolt (item 17) and the spring cotters
(item 32).
Important! To avoid unnecessary friction, ensure that the locking bolt does not fit
tight. The washer (item 19) must be placed underneath.
ge0800286-84.doc Page 9 / 30
Swing the grinding roller out of the mill housing.
Important! For activating the Lift-and-Swing device lubricate it at the lubrication

points indicated in the drawing.
For transporting the grinding rollers use the hooks on the sides of the pressure yoke.
Important! The lining of the pressure yoke can be removed around the hooks to
facilitate the fastening of the ropes.
When the grinding roller is suspended from the crane, loosen the turnbuckles by
pulling out the bolt (item 12) from the pressure yoke and then loosen the screw (item
49) and lift up the grinding roller.
The mounting of the grinding rollers by means of the Lift-and-Swing device and the
removal of the parts of the Lift-and-Swing device is carried out in reverse order.
The grinding rollers must be placed onto the supporting foot (item 3) at an angle of
15°.
Important! Make sure to suspend the rollers from the crane at 15° already.
Refit the roller sockets (items 710 and 711) into the position they were in before the
removal of the grinding rollers.
Important! When mounting the rollers and roller sockets (items 710 to 712),
observe drawing “Grinding roller – arrangement drawing” in chapter 8
(Annex).
When lowering the pressure frame, ensure that the grinding roller stop parts (items
865-877) do not get jammed at the pressure yokes (item 360);
When lowering the pressure frame, ensure that the rollers (item 712) are fully
inserted in the sockets of the pressure frame.
After removal of the Lift-and-Swing device seal all the threads in the housing, the
pressure frame and the pressure yoke used for mounting individual parts with
screws to protect them from wear.
Important! After removal of the Lift-and-Swing System grease or oil the Lift-and-
Swing column and ensure that all parts of the Lift-and-Swing device
are stored so that they are protected from corrosion.
Note: If the classifier is removed, it is also possible to take the grinding

rollers out of the mill by lifting them up from above. For this purpose,
support the grinding rollers by means of the sinkable central column
as described above.
ge0800286-84.doc Page 10 / 30
8.4.3 Replacement of roller tyres
(See "Spare parts drawing MPS", item 311.)
chapter 8.4.
For replacing the roller tyres remove the grinding rollers as described in chapter
8.4.2.
Put down the grinding rollers on the pressure yokes (item 360) and secure them
against falling over.
Loosen and remove the hexagon socket head cap screws (item 313).
Lift up the clamping ring (item 312).
Use the disassembly tools from the toolbox supplied with the mill to make it easier to
loosen the clamping ring.
Place the disassembly tools on the clamping ring, distributing them evenly, and
screw the hexagon head cap screws into the threads in the clamping ring. Loosen
the clamping ring by turning the screws (see also drawing no. 143 875-4
"Dismantling of roller tyre").
Lift up the roller tyre from the roller body (bearing bushing, item 320). For this
purpose fasten the roller tyre to three ropes or chains using the lifting eyes cast to
the tyre. The roller tyre can then be removed by means of a crane.
Danger! Never lift up complete grinding roller by the roller tyre.
If neither the clamping ring can be loosened nor the roller tyre lifted up from the
bearing bushing, slightly heat the roller tyre using gas burners.
Attention! Do not use welding torches.
The roller tyre must be heated slowly and uniformly; the temperature must not
exceed 100°C. Knocking lightly against the tyre will loosen it.
The roller tyre may also be loosened from the bearing bushing by applying hydraulic
pressure. (Connect hydraulic pump to thread R ¼ on the pressure yoke side of the
bearing bushing - also refer to dwg. no. 143 875-4 “Dismantling of roller tyre”).
However, for this procedure the contact surfaces (roller tyre/ bearing bushing) must
be in perfect condition, i.e. without any damages.
Important! Use suitable hydraulic pump (manual pump) with an operating

pressure of up to 100 Mpa (100 bar) when applying the injection-type
method. Use high viscosity oil (≥ 300 mm²/s at 40°C).
ge0800286-84.doc Page 11 / 30
Before mounting the roller tyre, slightly lubricate contact surfaces of roller tyre and
clamping ring using machine oil (please refer to drawing no. 141 794-3).
Attention! Do not use erection paste.
Attach the new roller tyre.
Insert and align the clamping ring (item 312), ensuring a perfectly horizontal
alignment.
Grease the thread of the hexagon socket head cap screws (item 313) using erection
paste.
Tighten the hexagon socket head cap screws following the sequence shown in
drawing 141 794-3.
Fasten the hexagon socket head cap screws in three steps (with torque wrench!):
1st step: 25 % of the tightening torque

2nd step: 50 % of the tightening torque
3rd step: 100 % of the tightening torque
Important! For the tightening torque see list "Tightening torques for screws",
chapter 8.2.3.
Attention! Retighten the screws with the torque wrench after about 24 -
36 operating hours.
ge0800286-84.doc Page 12 / 30
8.4.4 Replacement of grinding plate segments
(See "Spare parts drawing MPS", item 211.)
The replacement of the grinding plate segments is carried out by means of the Lift-
and-Swing System shown in the drawing "Removal device for grinding plate
segments" (see chapter 8, annex).
The item numbers 213 - 249 refer to the "Spare parts drawing MPS" (see chapter 9).
Observe the fundamental safety instructions laid down in chapter 2 and the
instructions in chapter 8.4.
Remove the grinding rollers as described in chapter 8.4.2.
Then fasten the work arm (item 1) with the round sling to the Lift-and-Swing device.
Loosen and remove the clamp bolts (item 214).
Remove cover hood (item 240) with central column and clamping ring (item 213).
Lift up the first grinding plate segment, e.g. by driving in wedges or by means of the
two forcing screws in the interior of the grinding bowl.
Important! During the grinding process, material is compressed between the

individual grinding plate segments. Therefore, remove the material
compressed between the segments before dismounting the first
grinding plate segment.
Use the auxiliary drive or maintenance drive to position the grinding plate segment
in front of the Lift-and-Swing device.
Lift up the first grinding plate segment and then place the round sling (item 2)
around it.
Lift up the grinding plate segment with the help of the hydraulic cylinder by activating
the relevant valve on the hydraulic unit (please refer to the operating instructions of
the hydraulic unit, chapter 11).
Danger! Before swinging out the grinding plate segment secure the raised Lift-
and-Swing column using the locking bolt and the spring cotters.
Important! To avoid unnecessary friction ensure that the locking bolt does not fit
tightly.
ge0800286-84.doc Page 13 / 30
Swing the grinding plate segment out of the mill housing.
Danger! Never put more than one grinding plate segment down on the
platform at a time to ensure that the maximum allowable load for the
platform is not exceeded.
Lower the grinding plate segment onto the platform by retracting the hydraulic
cylinder and remove the segment.
Then remove the other grinding plate segments.
Before mounting the grinding plate segments carefully check and clean the contact
surface of the grinding bowl. If it is no longer in perfect condition remachine it.
Remove preservative from the grinding plate segments.
Before mounting the grinding plate segments, check whether the edges of the
contact surfaces of the cast cams are rounded or beveled. Remachine if necessary
in order to prevent any pressure of the edges on the contact surface of the grinding
bowl.
Swing the first grinding plate segment into the mill by means of the Lift-and-Swing
device and fit it on a carrier bolt (item 219). Continue with the other grinding plate
segments according to the segment numbering.
Important! The segment should sit firmly on the carrier bolt in the opposite
direction of the sense of rotation of the grinding bowl.
Important! When fitting the grinding plate segments, make sure that the cast
cams fit tightly on the grinding bowl and that the segments are well
set in the grinding bowl.
The contact surface of each grinding plate segment must be checked by means of a
feeler gauge. Maximum gap dimension: 0.05 mm.
Attention! Ensure a proper fit!

Any non-observance of the specified tolerances may cause damage
to the equipment and consequently result in a plant failure.
Important! If any clearance is exceeded, it is necessary to refinish the contact

surfaces. This is done by grinding the segment with a hand grinder.
For emergency repair the fit of the grinding plate segments can be
improved by applying Diamant Multi Metall (= two-component metal
putty) to the bearing surface of the grinding bowl.
ge0800286-84.doc Page 14 / 30
After fitting all grinding plate segments, fasten each one with clamp bolts (item 214).
Attention! Since the clamp ring has not yet been fitted, tighten the clamp bolts
only slightly in order to prevent them from bending.
Then fit the spacers (item 211.1) into the lateral recesses of the grinding plate
segments. If necessary, grind or hardface the spacers.
After fitting all the spacers, remove the clamp bolts.
Attention! Do not move the grinding plate segments any more.
Mount the clamp ring (item 213).
Insert the clamp bolts (item 214) and hammer them in.
Mount the disk spring assemblies and nuts (items 214.1 - 214.3) acc. to the drawing
and tighten them with the required torque.
Important! For tightening torque see list of "Tightening torques for screws",
chapter 8.2.3.
Important! If necessary, lock the head of the clamp bolts laterally against shifting
and twisting by using wedges or something similar.
After tightening all clamp bolts, drive the spacers (items 211.2) as assembly into the
gaps between the grinding plate segments according to the gap width and tack-weld
them, if possible.
Insert the sealing cord (item 249) and mount the cover hood (item 240) with the
central column.
Then remove the work arm from the Lift-and-Swing device.
Attention! Retighten the clamp bolts with the torque wrench after about 24 - 36
hours of operation.
ge0800286-84.doc Page 15 / 30
8.4.5 Replacement of liner plates
(see "Spare parts drawing MPS", items 701 and 706)
Replacement of the liner plates is carried out through the upper door in the pull rod
housing.
For replacement of the liner plates suitable working platforms must be provided.
instructions laid down in chapter 8.4.
Danger! During operation mill housing and inner parts become very hot.
Risk of burning!
Before replacing the liner plates wait until the machine is cooled
down.
Danger! Completely release the pressure from the tensioning device (see
operating instructions "Hydraulic unit -Grinding roller suspension
system", chapter 11).
Open the upper door to the pull rod housing.
Remove the front row (as seen from the door) of the fastening screws of the liner
plates to the pull rod housing (stud item 701.1) on the side of the pull rod housing.
Loosen the back row of fastening screws and pull out the shims (item 703) to the
side. (The back row of through holes in the shims are designed as slots.)
Remove worn liner plates of the housing (item 701).
Remove the fastening screws of the liner plates to the pressure frame (item 706.1)
inside the pressure frame and remove the worn liner plates of the pressure frame
(item 706).
ge0800286-84.doc Page 16 / 30
Mount the new liner plates to the pressure frame and firmly tighten the screws.
Mount the new liner plates to the housing and at first fasten them only with the back
row screws.
Adjust the slot between the liner plates indicated in the spare parts drawing by
means of the shims (item 703). For this insert from the side the shims between each
liner plate and housing. (Shims are included in the scope of supply and are supplied
in various thicknesses.)
Attention! For adjustment of the gaps align the pressure frame with the grinding
rollers to the centre of the mill. For this, put the three alignment rods
(item 759) into the bearingcovers (item 351) of the grinding rollers.
Screw in the front row fastening screws and firmly tighten all screws.
Close the door to the pull rod housing.
ge0800286-84.doc Page 17 / 30
8.4.6 Removal of one hydraulic cylinder of the tensioning system
(see "Spare parts drawing MPS", item 550)
Danger! Completely release the pressure from the tensioning system (see
To remove one hydraulic cylinder completely, first drain the oil from the hydraulic
cylinder.
Attention! Immediately apply oil binder to any spilled oil.
Fasten the hydraulic cylinder on two grab hoists.
Remove the bolt of the tensioning system (item 541).
To remove the hydraulic cylinder take down the hose pipes and loosen the socket
(items 535 and 537).
When fitting the hydraulic cylinder fill the articulation bearing with new grease.
Important! The lubricant quantity as well as the grease quality to be used can be
seen from our lubrication list (see chapter 8.3).
After fitting vent the hydraulic cylinder and the ducting.
Attention! Make sure to completely fill the following items with hydraulic oil:
hydraulic cylinders, pressure ducting "A" (connection via hose pipe
item 567), suction ducting "B", pressure ductings for lifting "B1, B2,
B3" (connection via hose pipe item 568).
ge0800286-84.doc Page 18 / 30
8.4.7 Repair of the oil pressure piping to go with the tensioning system
Danger! Completely release the pressure from the tensioning system (see
Take care to collect the hydraulic oil in a suitable vessel when separating the
pipings or removing the hydraulic hoses.
Attention! Immediately apply oil binder to any spilled oil.
Attention! Upon completion of repair works and before restart take care to
flush the oil pressure piping in order to remove any impurities.
Flushing of the oil pressure piping is effected as described in the drawing "flushing
equipment" (see chapter 8 - annex).
ge0800286-84.doc Page 19 / 30
8.4.8 Replacement of roller bearings and radial shaft sealing rings of the grinding rollers
(See "Spare parts drawing MPS", items 341 and 342 as well as 331).
8.4.8.1 Preparatory work
chapter 8.4.
Put down the grinding rollers with pressure yokes (item 360) facing upwards and
shim them as appropriate.
Remove pressure yoke (item 360) as described in chapter 8.4.9.
Attention! During assembly of grinding roller, tighten all screws with the help of
a torque wrench.
Important! Refer to table "Tightening torques for screws", chapter 8.2.3.
8.4.8.2 Removal of radial shaft sealing rings
Preparatory work to be carried out as described in chapter 8.4.8.1.
First of all loosen the screws (item 353.1) of the closed bearing lid (item 353) in
order not to shift the roller bearings when removing the open bearing lid (item 321).
For this, loosen one screw (item 353.1) after the other and retighten them manually.
Then remove the inner seal air sealing ring (item 322) and open bearing lid (item
321) with the radial shaft sealing rings (item 331).
Remove the radial shaft sealing rings from the open bearing lid.
8.4.8.3 Fitting of radial shaft sealing rings
Before fitting the radial shaft sealing rings, check the surface of the wear bushing
(item 330). If it is not OK, the wear bushing must be replaced as well.
Mount the first shaft sealing ring (item 331) in the open bearing lid (item 321)
according to drawing and glue by applying one layer of anaerobic adhesive on the
bottom and on the outside.
Attention! Remove excessive adhesive. Make sure there is no adhesive on the

sealing lips!
Leave to harden for several hours.
ge0800286-84.doc Page 20 / 30
Before mounting the open bearing lid, check the fit of the roller bearings. Make sure
that the front surface of the cylindrical roller bearing (item 342) is flush with the
supporting surface of the open bearing lid (item 321).
Insert new O-ring (item 333) into the groove.
Grease the lips of the radial shaft sealing ring (item 331) and the bevel of the wear
bushing (item 330).
Important! For the grease quality to be used, see our lubrication list (chapter
8.3).
Slide the open bearing lid (item 321) with the first radial shaft sealing ring over the
greased wear bushing (item 330), align it on the bearing bushing and fasten it.
Tighten screws (item 353.1) on the closed bearing lid (item 353) with the required
torque.
Attention! Bearing lid (item 353) must not fit tightly, leave a gap.
Carry out leak test (pressure test) with 0.2 bar:
- Screw manometer onto the bore in the middle of the axle (item 350).
- Spray radial shaft sealing ring (item 331) with leak detecting spray.
- Apply compressed air onto the axle.
- First of all check opening pressure (= 0.07 bar) of overpressure valve (item 339).
- Then increase pressure to 0.2 bar by keeping the overpressure valve (item 339)
closed.
- The appearance of bubbles indicates defective spots on the shaft seal ring or
wrong fitting.
As an alternative (in case no leak detecting spray is available), pressure may be

maintained at 0.2 bar for an extended period of time. In this case replace the
overpressure valve (item 339) and reducer (item 350.6) with a screw plug. Pressure
must not drop by a considerable (= measurable) rate for a period of about 6 hours.
Remove compressed air system.
Insert spacer ring (item 337).
Fill the space between the radial shaft sealing rings with grease.
Slide the second radial shaft sealing ring (item 331) over the greased wear bushing,
fit it into the open bearing lid (item 321) according to the drawing and glue on the
outside with anaerobic adhesive.
ge0800286-84.doc Page 21 / 30
No extra time required for hardening.
Fit in inner seal air sealing ring (item 322).
Fit pressure yoke (item 360) as described in chapter 8.4.9.
After refitting the grinding rollers into the mill, check oil level as described in chapter
8.2.2.5 and refill oil if required.
8.4.8.4 Removal of roller bearings
We recommend requesting the service of one of our fitters for the replacement of
the roller bearings as this task requires machine-specific expertise.
The drawing “replacement of the grinding roller bearings” (see chapter 8, annex)
represents a basic illustration of the replacement of the roller bearings.
Make sure you have the auxiliary equipment and special tools shown in the drawing
ready before you start on the erection. (Also refer to drawing “Replacement of
grinding roller bearings – individual parts”.)
Carry out the preparatory work as described in chapter 8.4.8.1.
Drain oil completely from grinding rollers through oil drain plugs (item 353.5) and
collect oil in an appropriate receptacle.
Attention! Any spilled oil must be removed immediately by using a bonding

agent.
Clean oil drain plug before reinserting it.
Important! Check the condition of the sealing ring (item 353.6) and replace it if
necessary.
ge0800286-84.doc Page 22 / 30
Remove inner seal air sealing ring (item 322) and open bearing lid (item 321) with
the shaft sealing rings (item 331).
Fit plate disk (item 1) instead of the bearing lid (item 321).
Turn grinding roller by 180°.
Remove roller tyre (item 311) as described in chapter 8.4.3.
Remove closed bearing lid (item 353).
Remove locking washer (item 351).
Place a hydraulic cylinder (item 7) on the axle.
Screw stud bolts (item 4) into the bearing bushing (item 320).
Push a plate disk (item 2) over the stud bolts so that the plate disk sits on the
cylinder, then tighten the plate disk with nuts (item 5).
Press axle (item 350) out of the bearing seat with the help of the hydraulic cylinder.
Remove hydraulic cylinder.
Place plate disk (item 3) on the outer ring of the self-aligning roller bearing (item
341).
Place the hydraulic cylinder (item 7) on this plate disk.
Push the plate disk (item 2) back over the stud bolts so that the plate disk sits on the
cylinder, then tighten the plate disk with nuts.
Remove plate disk (item 1).
Then apply pressure to both roller bearings (item 341 and 342) and the spacer
bushings (item 346 and 347) by means of the hydraulic cylinder and remove
bearings and bushings towards the bottom.
Important! For ease of removing the bearings and bushings, the oil injection
method may be applied on both sides. For this purpose, there are two
bores on each side of the bearing bushing (item 320). It is also
possible to heat the bearing bushing (item 320) evenly with the help
of propane gas burners.
ge0800286-84.doc Page 23 / 30
8.4.8.5 Fitting of roller bearings:
Important: When replacing the roller bearings, use new shaft sealing rings (item
331) and new O-rings (items 332 to 335).
Fasten erection disk (item 1) on the side of the bearing bushing (item 320) with the
pressure yoke.
Rest bearing bushing together with erection disk facing downwards on iron stands.
Heat bearing bushing evenly to about 90°C – 100°C by using an annular burner
(gas burner) or three propane gas burners. The use of a hood is advisable for this
purpose.
Place CARB bearing (item 342) on the pre-assembled mounting device (items 8 to
12) with the bearing designation facing downwards.
Insert CARB bearing (item 342) into the heated bearing bushing (item 320) with the
help of the mounting device until the CARB bearing sits on the plate disk (item 1).
Remove erection device in downward direction.
Fit outer spacer bushing (item 347) into the bearing bushing so that the spacer
bushing sits closely on the outer ring of the CARB bearing (item 342).
Fasten three flat iron bars (item 13) inside the spacer bushing (item 346) with the
eye bolts (item 14), ensuring that the flat iron bars stick out at the top.
Insert the three S-hooks (item 15) into the eye bolts (item 14).
Place self-aligning roller bearing (item 341) on the spacer bushing (346) with the
bearing designation facing upwards.
Install the spacer bushing (item 346) with the self-aligning roller bearing (item 341)
mounted on it into the bearing bushing (item 320).
Remove the three flat iron bars (item 13) from inside the spacer bushing.
Place the two spacers (item 17) on the outer ring of the self-aligning roller bearing
(item 341) and lightly fasten with the two straps (item 16). If required, place thin
plates (item 18) underneath. Tighten screws only manually!
Turn bearing bushing (item 320) by 180°.
ge0800286-84.doc Page 24 / 30
Remove plate disk (item 1).
Wait for around an hour until the installed roller bearings are evenly heated (reheat if
needed).
Oil the axle (item 350) lightly and insert it into the warm roller bearings as far as it
will go (do not force or hammer).
Wait for the bearing bushing to cool to ambient temperature.
Push O-ring (item 332) on the axle and mount wear bushing (item 330) together with
spring-type straight pin.
Fit the first shaft sealing ring (item 331) and the open bearing lid (item 321) as
described in chapter 8.4.8.3.
Then fix safety disc (item 351) on the self-aligning roller bearing from below.
Turn bearing bushing (item 320) by 180°C.
Remove straps (item 16) and spacers (item 17).
Insert O-ring (item 334) and mount closed bearing lid (item 353).
Tighten screws (353.1) on the closed bearing lid (item 353) applying the specified
torque.
Attention! Bearing lid (item 353) must not fit tightly, leave a gap.
Turn bearing bushing (item 320) by 180°C.
Carry out leakage test (pressure test) as described in chapter 8.4.8.3.
Fit spacer ring and the second shaft sealing ring (item 331) as described in chapter
8.4.8.3.
Fit roller tyre (item 311) as described in chapter 8.4.3.
Fit inner seal air sealing ring (item 322).
Mount pressure yoke (item 360) as described in chapter 8.4.9.
After inserting the grinding rollers into the mill, fill oil into rollers as described in
chapter 8.2.2.5 (oil change on grinding rollers).
ge0800286-84.doc Page 25 / 30
8.4.9 Replacement of pressure yokes
(see "Spare parts drawing MPS", item 360)
Carry out further removal and mounting of the pressure yokes as indicated on the
drawing "Assembly and disassembly device of grinding roller" (see chapter 8 -
Annex).
ge0800286-84.doc Page 26 / 30
8.4.10 Removal of grit cone and louvre
(see "Spare parts drawing SLS", items 121 and 118)
Lift up the classifier top part as described in chapter 8.4.1.
Important! For putting down the classifier top part provide it with a suitable sub-
structure so that the grit cone can be removed from the side. Should
this not be possible the classifier top part must be lifted up again after
lowering the grit cone and be put down somewhere else.
Provide grit cone with suitable sub-structure or suspend with three lifting cables.
Remove the screws (item 120).
Lower the grit cone to the ground and pull it out from the side, or remove the
classifier top part respectively.
Attention! Secure the grit cone against falling over.
When the grit cone has been removed the louvre, too can be disassembled.
Remove the cover of the material inlet (item 519).
Provide a suitable sub-structure (for instance by using lifting cylinders), then remove
the screws (item 119) and lower louvre.
Then lift up the classifier top part.
Remount louvre and grit cone in reverse order.
ge0800286-84.doc Page 27 / 30
8.4.11 Removal of separating wheel and separating wheel hub
(see "Spare parts drawing SLS", items 160 to 169)
Lift off the classifier outlet duct and the separating wheel as described in chapter
8.4.1.
Important! When putting the classifier outlet duct down, provide a suitable
substructure to ensure that the hub locking component (item 127) and
the shrinkage disk (item 128) are still accessible.
Provide a suitable substructure for the separating wheel (e. g. with lifting cylinders).
Remove the hub retainer (item 127).
Loosen and remove the shrink disk (item 128).
Remove the shrinkage disk and put the separating wheel down or lift off the
classifier outlet duct.
Remount the separating wheel and the hub in reverse order.
Important! When mounting the separating wheel observe the gap between upper
flange of the separating wheel and wear bushing (item 122) (see
spare parts drawing).
Important! Observe the instructions given in the supplier's documents in chapter

11 for mounting the shrinkage disk (item 128).
Important! Ensure that there is a small gap between shrinkage disk (item 128)
and hub locking component (item 127) (see spare parts drawing); if
required remachine hub locking component.
After mounting of the separating wheel rotate it by hand and check for scraping
noises.
ge0800286-84.doc Page 28 / 30
8.4.12 Removal of classifier drive
(see "Spare parts drawing SLS", item 112)
Danger! Ensure that all electric lines are dead.
Remove electric connection cable to the classifier drive.
Fasten the gearmotor to the crane.
Remove the screws (item 109) if drive and intermediate flange (item 110) are to be
disassembled; remove the screws (item 111) if only the drive without intermediate
flange (item 110) is to be disassembled.
Lift up the gearmotor with the coupling part located on the gearbox side.
Remount the classifier drive in reverse order.
Important! For the mounting of the coupling observe the supplier's instructions in
chapter 11.
ge0800286-84.doc Page 29 / 30
8.4.13 Removal of classifier bearing
(see "Spare parts drawing SLS", item 200)
chapter 8.4.
Lift off classifier outlet duct and separating wheel (items 160 to 169) as described in
chapter 8.4.12 and put them down.
Remove classifier drive (item 112) and intermediate flange (item 110) as described
in chapter 8.4.13.
Disconnect the plugs of the resistance thermometers (item 280) in the drive duct
(item 108).
Remove lubrication pipes (items 140) and seal air duct (item 173) from the drive
duct (item 108).
Remove the two-part flange (item 115) from the classifier outlet duct.
Remove the protection plate (item 281) and take out the resistance thermometer
(item 285).
Remove the fastening screws of the classifier bearing (item 199) in the drive duct
(item 108).
Screw the lifting eye bolt into the upper shaft face of the classifier bearing.
Pull out the classifier bearing by means of a crane.
Attention! Use wood wedges to secure the classifier bearing against rolling.
Remount the classifier bearing in reverse order.
Important! Pay attention to the fitting position in view of the position of the
lubrication and the seal air pipes.
After mounting the classifier and before mounting the drive rotate the separating
wheel by hand; ensure that it is exactly centered and check for scraping noises.
ge0800286-84.doc Page 30 / 30
Chapter 8 - Annex
Attached sheet: Auxiliary equipment for removal of

ball sockets
Parts list: Tool box - packing list
List of drawings:
Templates Drawing No. 141 088-3
Grinding roller arrangement

drawing Drawing No. 091 758-3
Dismantling of
grinding roller tyres Drawing No. 143 875-3
Mounting of grinding roller tyres Drawing No. 141 794-3
Replacement of grinding roller bearings Drawing No. 153 747-2
Replacement of grinding roller bearings Drawing No. 157 214-2

(individual parts)
Assembly / disassembly device

for grinding roller Drawing No. 156 577-0
Lift-and-Swing System Drawing No. 157 562-0
Lift-and-Swing System -
removal device for
grinding table segments Drawing No. 141 083-0
Rinsing equipment Drawing No. 153 700-0
Fitting of wear ring SLS Drawing No. 145 637-1
ge0800286-8A.doc Page 1 / 1
department: TK rev.-no.: 01
GEBR. PFEIFFER AG Auxiliary equipment for removal made by: Prägert rev. date: 18.10.2001
Kaiserslautern of ball sockets made on: 19.04.1999
see spare parts drawing MPS - tensioning system, item 514
514
505
B
C
Replace screw (A) in pull rod eye (item 505) with a screw with lubrication nipple (B)
(parts are pre-assembled - see tool box) and sealing ring (C).
Press out ball socket (item 514) with grease gun.
Thoroughly clean the seat of the ball socket, remove the screw with the lubrication nipple (B)
and fit the new ball socket. (When fitting the new ball socket the bore will serve as ventilation.)
Close bore with the screw (A).
Etkb1m21.XLS ball socket 1/1

G E B R. P F E I F F E R A G D-67618 K A I S E R S L A U T E R N
============================================================================
143682 COM. NO.: 25307
P A R T S L I S T PAGE: 1
MAIN ORDER NO.: 200800286
MACHINE : MPS 0250 BK DATE: 03.06.08
GROUP : packing list for tool box DELIVERY DATE: CW50/2008
DRG. NO. OF GROUP: 169026-0
VARIANT IDENTIFICATION: W
NO. OFF: 1
============================================================================
C NO.OFF DRG.NO. V GRO DESIGNATION MODEL WEIGHT
BLANK NO. DIN MATERIAL KG
============================================================================
ATTENTION : RAW DIMENSIONS TO BE CHECKED BY MANUFACTURER AND RE-
VISED, IF REQUIRED, IN VIEW OF HIS MANUFACT. POTENTIAL
============================================================================
All specified parts will be packed externally

and supplied to the site:
All parts of the Lift-and-Swing System

(incl. compact unit)
The following parts of the

assembly 169026-0
--------------------------
1 template for grinding plate

part 028
1 template for grinding roller

part 029
1 wrench
width across flats 95
part 030
3 alignment stick
part 031
The parts for assembly/disassembly

device for grinding roller 156577-0
-----------------------------------
1 washer
part 002
1 erection disk
part 003
============================================================================
MADE ON : 02.06.08 MADE BY : TK-MEYER/AR
MODIFIED ON : MODIFIED BY :
============================================================================
C: 0=GROUP 1=PRODUCTION PART 2=CAST PART 3=PRIME COST ITEM 7=EXISTING
V=VARIANT IDENTIFICATION GRO=GROUP/PART NO. BL=PLATE DRM=DIAMETER FL=FLAT
GL=DEVELOPED LENGTH L=ANGLE R=TUBE RD=ROUND 4KT=SQUARE WN=WORKS STANDARD
============================================================================
143682 COM. NO.: 25307
NO. OFF: 1
============================================================================
============================================================================
3 threaded rod
M 36X600
part 004
3 hexagon nut
M 36
part 005
3 hexagon bolt
M 36X110
part 006
3 washer
M 37
part 007
1 guide bolt
part 008
3 lifting eye bolt

M 16
part 009
for rinsing device (instructions)

153700-0
---------------------------------
1 hose
DIN 20066-1SN25NN2000P
part 002
1 equal elbow coupling

part 036
1 suction pipe
part 037
============================================================================
============================================================================
============================================================================
143682 COM. NO.: 25307
NO. OFF: 1
============================================================================
============================================================================
parts 036 and 037 in assembled condition
0 1 124425 tool box with division 30,400

steel plate case 910X532X432
lettering of outside of lid to be made
in dispatch department with letters
5 cm high
“TOOL BOX MPS 250 BK
COM.NO. 25307”
The following parts are to be packed into

the tool box
packing list
(packing list in English
language)
for group grinding bowl 162810-0

--------------------------------
1 lifting eye bolt

M 20
part 055
for group grinding roller 155152-1

----------------------------------
1 erection ring
part 014
9 lifting eye bolt

M 36 high strength
part 038
part 038 will be stored in tool box

by fitter after erection
============================================================================
============================================================================
============================================================================
143682 COM. NO.: 25307
NO. OFF: 1
============================================================================
============================================================================
4 tools for dismantling

part 052
4 hexagon bolt
M 36X200
part 078
for group tension device

155788-0
------------------------
1 UNIMOLY HTC METALLIC (grease)

part 041
3 lifting eye bolt

M 16 high-strength
part 042
part 042 will be stored in tool box

by fitter after erection
1 reducer
part 043
1 lubricating nipple
part 044
1 USIT ring
part 045
parts 043 and 044 in pre-assembled

condition
for pressure frame 133140-0

---------------------------
============================================================================
============================================================================
============================================================================
143682 COM. NO.: 25307
NO. OFF: 1
============================================================================
============================================================================
6 lifting eye bolt

M 24
part 032
will be stored in tool box by fitter

after erection
for group oil pressure piping

167664-0
-----------------------------
1 HYDAC filling and testing device

part 002
2 filter element
part 004
for rinsing device (instructions)

153700-0
---------------------------------
1 standpipe adaptor
part 007
3 male stud coupling

part 008
3 parallel female stud coupling

part 009

part 010
3 reducing adaptor
part 011
============================================================================
============================================================================
============================================================================
143682 COM. NO.: 25307
NO. OFF: 1
============================================================================
============================================================================
3 ball valve
part 012

part 013

part 014

part 015
1 standpipe adaptor
part 016

part 017
1 reducing adaptor
part 018
1 flow indicator
part 019

part 020
3 standpipe adaptor
part 021
3 blanking plug
part 022
3 blanking plug
part 023
============================================================================
============================================================================
============================================================================
143682 COM. NO.: 25307
NO. OFF: 1
============================================================================
============================================================================
1 blanking plug
part 024
1 blanking plug
part 025
3 locking part for pipe endings

part 026

part 027

part 028
3 blanking plug
part 029

part 030
6 blanking plug
part 031
3 blanking plug
part 032
3 blanking plug
part 033
3 union nut
part 034

part 035
============================================================================
============================================================================
============================================================================
143682 COM. NO.: 25307
NO. OFF: 1
============================================================================
============================================================================
parts 008+009/010-013/018-020
in pre-assembled condition
............................................................................
TOTAL WEIGHT: ABOUT 30,400
============================================================================
============================================================================
KAISERSLAUTERN Spare Parts Edition 11.2008
9. Spare parts
You should keep the most important spare and wear parts in stock on site to
guarantee the continuous availability of the equipment.
Please use the spare parts list to order spare parts. For further details please see
the relevant spare parts drawing included in the spare parts list.
For details on the plant components see also chapter 11.
We grant a guarantee only for the original spare parts supplied by us.
Attention: Do not mount or use otherwise any spare parts and accessories
which are not checked and released by GEBR. PFEIFFER AG.
Our warranty does not cover any damages occurred due to the use of parts other
than the original parts and accessories.
9.1.1 How to use the spare parts lists
For all orders for spare parts please quote:
- Spare parts list no. ....................
- Machine ....................
- Size ....................
- Order no. ....................
- Part no. ....................
- Quantity ....................
Comments on the spare parts list:
Part no. XXX: Spare part indicated in the spare

parts drawing.
Part no. XXX.1,

XXX.2 etc.: Spare parts that are part of the scope of supply of
part XXX, but that are not always indicated in the
spare parts drawing; if these parts are not required
together with part XXX, please quote accordingly in
your order.
Ident no.: For internal purposes only.
ge0800286-09.doc Page 1 / 2
KAISERSLAUTERN Spare Parts Edition 11.2008
9.2 Spare parts lists/Spare parts drawings
List of documents:
Machine MPS 250 BK
Spare parts list
Spare parts drawing
- assembly drawing no. 169 833-0

- group grinding bowl (part no. 201-299) drawing no. 133 435-2
- grinding roller (part no. 301-399) drawing no. 159 486-1
- tensioning device (part no. 501-599) drawing no. 148 607-2
- seal air ducting (part no. 601-699) drawing no. 152 253-2
- inner grinding roller
stop part (part no. 860-885) drawing no. 142 342-2
Machine SLS 1800 BK
Spare parts list
Spare parts drawing
- assembly drawing no. 169 117-1

- bearing (part no. 201-299) drawing no. 160 067-3
ge0800286-09.doc Page 2 / 2
GEBR. PFEIFFER AG ERSATZTEILLISTE NR. : 200800286 SEITE / PAGE : 1
KAISERSLAUTERN SPARE PARTS LIST NO. DATUM / DATE : 11.03.2008
NAME / NAME : SCHRÖCK
----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
MASCHINE : LUFTSTROM-LAMELLENSICHTER GRÖSSE : SLS 1800 BK KUNDEN-NR. : 49898
MACHINE air-swept lamella classifier SIZE CUSTOMER NO.
KHD Humboldt Wedag GmbH
PROJEKT : AL KATRANA ARABIAN AUFTRAGS-NR. : 25309 ERSATZTEIL-ZEICHNUNG NR. : 169117-1 51067 KÖLN
PROJECT COM. NO. SPARE PARTS DRAWING NO. DEUTSCHLAND
----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
TEIL-NR. MENGE EINHEIT BESCHREIBUNG WEITERE ANGABEN IDENT-NR. GEWICHT KG
PART NO. QTY UNIT DESCRIPTION CHARACTERISTICS IDENT NO. WEIGHT KG
----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
<136710> 168284-1
100 1 STÜCK SICHTER-UNTERTEIL KOMPLETT / complete 168248 3.740,000

PIECE classifier bottom part .01
<136711> 168248-1
101 1 STÜCK TÜR ZUM SICHTER-UNTERTEIL KOMPLETT/complete 168265 114,000

PIECE door to classifier bottom part .04
<136714> 168265-1
101.1 12 STÜCK SECHSKANTSCHRAUBE DIN 00933 M16X045 8.8 A2B 55101214 1,160
PIECE hexagon head screw .14
MIT 3.1 ZEUGNIS MIT NACHWEIS DER WARMSTRECKGRENZE BEI 130°C
GRÖSSER ALS 575 N/MM2
with 3.1 certificate proving that the high-temperature limit
of elasticity at 130°C >575 N/MM2
102 2,500 METER DELCERAM-BAND 50 X 5 MM 58401888 0,020

METRE DELCERAM tape .03
----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
<136710> 168284-1
103 72 STÜCK SECHSKANTSCHRAUBE DIN 00931 M36X140 8.8 A2B 55101208 106,560
PIECE hexagon head bolt .09
103.1 72 STÜCK SECHSKANTMUTTER MIT KLEMMTEIL DIN 00980-V M036 8 A2B 55101284 27,360
PIECE prevailing torque type hexagon .10
nut
103.2 72 STÜCK SCHEIBE DIN 00125 37,0-140HV-A2B 55104338 6,590

PIECE washer .11
104 21,000 METER DELCERAM-SCHNUR 8 MM 58400028 1,600

METRE DELCERAM cord .18
----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
<136713> 156028-3
105 3 STÜCK MONTAGEDECKEL 156028 42,000

PIECE erection cover .01
with 3.1 certificate proving that the high-temperature
limit of elasticity at 130°C > 575 N/MM2
105.2 30 STÜCK SELBSTH.SCHR.-SICHERUNGSSCHEIBE DIN 25201 NL 12 F, ST.VERZ.AD25,4 55102789 1,620

PIECE self-locking washer for screw .03
105.3 8,400 METER DELCERAM-SCHNUR 4 MM 58400025 0,720

<136727> 158376-1
108 1 STÜCK STUTZEN KOMPLETT/complete 158076 111,000

PIECE duct .01
----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
<136708> 168285-0
109.2 8 STÜCK SELBSTH.SCHR.-SICHERUNGSSCHEIBE DIN 25201 NL 16, ST.VERZ. AD 25,4 55102790 0,056
110 1 STÜCK ZWISCHENFLANSCH 145858 22,000

PIECE intermediate flange .11
112 1 STÜCK GETRIEBEMOTOR RF 97 DV180L4TF 295,000

PIECE gearmotor .18
ERSATZTEILE ZUM GETRIEBEMOTOR SIEHE ERSATZTEILLISTE FA. SEW
spare parts to gearmotor see SEW spare parts list
115 1 STÜCK 2/2 FLANSCH ZUM STUTZEN KOMPLETT / complete 123501 11,300
PIECE 2/2 flange for duct .10
116 10 STÜCK ZYLINDERSCHRAUBE M. INNENSECHSKT. DIN 00912 M10X020 8.8 A2B 55104286 0,230
PIECE hexagon socket head cap screw .24
----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
<136708> 168285-0
117 1 STÜCK N-EUPEX-KUPPLUNG A 280 48,000

PIECE N-EUPEX coupling .16
ERSATZTEILE ZUR KUPPLUNG SIEHE ERSATZTEILLISTE FA.FLENDER
spare parts to coupling see FLENDER spare parts list
118 1 STÜCK JALOUSIE KOMPLETT / complete 168221 662,000

PIECE louver .02
119 16 STÜCK SENKSCHRAUBE MIT INNENSECHSKANT DIN 07991 M12X045 8.8 A2B 55104895 0,272
PIECE hexagon socket countersunk head .26
screw
nut

PIECE washer .28
screw
----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
<136708> 168285-0
nut

PIECE washer .38
121 1 STÜCK GRIESSEKONUS KOMPLETT / complete 168209 560,000

PIECE grit cone .03
<136726> 168209-0
121.1 2 STÜCK BLECH 168209 57,000

PIECE plate .06
MIT SECHSKANTMUTTER DIN 00980-V M012 8 A2B
with hexagon nut
121.3 8 STÜCK SELBSTH.SCHR.-SICHERUNGSSCHEIBE DIN 25201 NL 12 F, ST.VERZ.AD25,4 55102789 0,070

----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
<136708> 168285-0
122 1 STÜCK SCHLEISSRING KOMPLETT / complete 145709 135,000

PIECE wear ring .07
122.1 1 STÜCK 4/4 RING I.DRM.1836 168285 9,100

PIECE 4/4 ring .14
122.2 1 STÜCK 4/4 RING Ä.DRM.1490 168285 7,300

PIECE 4/4 ring .13
127 1 STÜCK NABENSICHERUNG KOMPLETT / complete 122364 3,000

PIECE hub locking component .09
128 1 STÜCK STÜWE-SCHRUMPFSCHEIBE TYP HSD-140-22 59900903 10,000

PIECE STÜWE shrinkage disk .17
ERSATZTEILE ZUR SCHRUMPFSCHEIBE SIEHE BEIBLATT FA.STÜWE
spare parts to shrinkage disk see STÜWE insert
129 1 STÜCK ABSTÜTZUNG ZUR LAGERUNG KOMPLETT / complete 152204 53,000

PIECE support for bearing system .05
130 1 STÜCK PANZERUNG ZUR LAGERABSTÜTZUNG KOMPLETT / complete 158139 23,000

PIECE lining for bearing support .06
----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
<136730> 158139-1
130.1 6 STÜCK SENKSCHRAUBE MIT INNENSECHSKANT DIN 07991 M12X045 8.8 A2B 55104895 0,255
screw
nut
130.3 6 STÜCK SCHEIBE DIN 09021 13,0 ST A2B 55103917 0,165

PIECE washer .05
<136710> 168284-1
133 1 STÜCK ZWISCHENSCHEIBE 158138 140,000

PIECE intermediate disk .07
screw
nut
----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
<136710> 168284-1

PIECE washer .17
150 1 STÜCK SICHTER-OBERTEIL KOMPLETT / complete 168192 2.300,000

PIECE classifier top part .03
150.1 1 STÜCK STUTZEN ZUR INERTISIERUNG 169158 5,000

PIECE duct for inerting unit .20
<136720> 168250-0
155 1 STÜCK SCHAUTÜR ZUM AUSBLASSTUTZEN KOMPLETT/complete 158123 87,000

PIECE inspection door for classifier .08
outlet duct
<136722> 158123-2
----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
<136722> 158123-2
156 2,500 METER DELCERAM-BAND 50 X 5 MM 58401888 0,130

<132685> 151938-2
160 1 STÜCK SICHTKORB KOMPLETT/complete 151933 1.054,000

PIECE separating cage .01
<136708> 168285-0
160.1 6 STÜCK ZYLINDERSCHRAUBE M. INNENSECHSKT. DIN 00912 M10X016 8.8 A2B 55100063 0,120
<132685> 151938-2
164 1 STÜCK NABE ZUM SICHTRAD 151936 48,000

PIECE hub for rotor .02
----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
<132685> 151938-2
nut

PIECE washer .05
nut

PIECE washer .08
<136727> 158376-1
176 1 STÜCK RIPPEN ZUM STUTZEN 158375 13,000

PIECE rib for duct .03
----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
<136720> 168250-0
180 1 STÜCK PANZERUNG ZUM AUSBLASSTUTZEN KOMPLETT/complete 168252 490,000

PIECE lining for outlet duct .07
<136721> 168252-0
screw
nut

PIECE washer .07
screw
nut
----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
<136721> 168252-0

PIECE washer .10
screw
nut

PIECE washer .13
<136710> 168284-1
181 1 STÜCK PANZERUNG ZUM SICHTER-UNTERTEIL KOMPLETT / complete 168266 970,000

PIECE lining for classifier bottom part .02
<136715> 168266-0
screw
----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
<136715> 168266-0
nut

PIECE washer .08
screw
nut

PIECE washer .11
<136710> 168284-1
182 1 STÜCK PANZERUNG ZUM SICHTER-OBERTEIL KOMPLETT / complete 168271 720,000

PIECE lining for classifier top part .04
----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
<136718> 168271-1
screw
nut

PIECE washer .08
<136710> 168284-1
185 1 STÜCK AUSBLASSTUTZEN KOMPLETT / complete 168250 2.580,000

PIECE outlet duct .05
----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
<136710> 168284-1
nut

PIECE washer .14
188 26,000 METER DELCERAM-SCHNUR 8 MM 58400028 1,400

<136708> 168285-0
199 8 STÜCK ZYLINDERSCHRAUBE M. INNENSECHSKT. DIN 00912 M16X050 8.8 A2B 55104443 0,848
200 1 STÜCK LAGERUNG KOMPLETT / complete 158283 873,000

PIECE bearing system .04
ERSATZTEILE ZUR LAGERUNG SIEHE ERSATZTEILZEICHNUNG NR.160067-3
----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
<136708> 168285-0
spare parts to bearing system see spare parts drawing no.160067-3
----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
<132682> 158283-1
201 1 STÜCK SICHTERWELLE 158284 240,000

PIECE classifier shaft .01
201.1 1 STÜCK NASENKEIL 151974 0,400

PIECE nose key .02
202 1 STÜCK LAGERHÜLSE KOMPLETT/complete 158285 514,000

PIECE bearing sleeve .03
MIT VERSCHLUSSSCHRAUBE DIN 00906 R 1/8 5.8 A2B
with locking screw
202.1 1 STÜCK GEWINDESTIFT DIN 00914 M10X025 45H 55100383 0,011

PIECE set screw .21
202.2 1 STÜCK STOPFEN MIT RAND NR. 290 1" VERZ. 58400344 0,124
PIECE plug with edge .27
202.4 3 STÜCK VERSCHLUSSSCHRAUBE MIT INNEN 6KT. DIN 00906 M12X1,5 5.8 55100836 0,030
PIECE hexagon socket screw plug .34
209 1 STÜCK SCHLEISSBUCHSE 138684 1,000

PIECE wear bushing .10
210 1 STÜCK DICHTRING 121546 5,500

PIECE sealing ring .06
----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
<132682> 158283-1
211 1 STÜCK SIMMERRING B2 VITON 130X160X15 58403417 0,100

PIECE radial shaft sealing ring .16
B2 VITON
212 1 STÜCK PENDELROLLENLAGER 22322 E 57101048 18,000

PIECE self-aligning roller bearing .14

214 1 STÜCK NUTMUTTER DIN 01804 M100X2 5 55103639 0,003

PIECE slotted nut .08

B2 VITON
217 1 STÜCK LAGERDECKEL 138796 9,800

PIECE bearing cover .07
MIT VERSCHLUSSSCHRAUBE DIN 00906 M8X1 5.8 A2B
with locking screw
----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
<132682> 158283-1
217.3 1 STÜCK VERSCHLUSSSCHRAUBE MIT INNEN 6KT. DIN 00906 R 1/8 5.8 A2B 55100340 0,003
221 1 STÜCK LAGERBUCHSE 157876 22,000

PIECE bearing bushing .05
221.1 2 STÜCK VERSCHLUSSSCHRAUBE MIT INNEN 6KT. DIN 00906 M08X1 5.8 A2B 55100486 0,006
222 1 STÜCK PENDELROLLENLAGER 23122 CC/C3 W33 57100999 5,600

PIECE self-aligning roller bearing .13

225.1 1 STÜCK GEWINDESTIFT DIN 00914 M06X010 45H 55102164 0,001

PIECE set screw .20
226 1 STÜCK DICHTUNGSBUCHSE 121548 43,000

PIECE sealing bushing .04
----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
<132682> 158283-1
226.2 8 STÜCK SELBSTH.SCHR.-SICHERUNGSSCHEIBE DIN 25201 NL 12, ST.VERZ.AD19,5 55100093 0,024


B2 VITON
228 1 STÜCK STÜTZSCHEIBE N-4261 0,200

PIECE supporting disk .28
229 1 STÜCK O-RING DIN 3771 170X3 VITON 58404704 0,000

PIECE O-ring DIN 3771 .17
239 1 STÜCK O-RING DIN 3771 30X3 VITON 58401933 0,000

242 1 STÜCK O-RING DIN 3771 239,3X5,7 VITON 58404706 0,000

----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
<132681> 163788-2
280 1 STÜCK ATEX-WIDERSTANDSTHERMOMETER PT 100, EX"i",N. SKIZZE S-6483-4 59902195 0,000

PIECE resistance thermometer with .02
ATEX approval
MIT ANSCHLUßLEITUNG 5 M LG.
with power supply line
MIT KLEMMVERSCHRAUBUNG
with clamping union
280.1 1 STÜCK KLEMMKASTEN TYP: 07-3S02-2209 (BARTEC) 59903247 0,000

PIECE terminal box .05
280.2 2 STÜCK KOPFTRANSMITTER PCP TMT181-A41BA 59902185 0,000

PIECE head transmitter PC programmable .06
<132682> 158283-1
281 1 STÜCK SCHUTZBLECH 156423 3,300

PIECE protection plate .30
281.1 0,580 METER DELCERAM-BAND 40 X 3 MM 58401461 0,100

----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
<132682> 158283-1
281.3 8 STÜCK SELBSTH.SCHR.-SICHERUNGSSCHEIBE DIN 25201 NL 8, VERZ. AD 13,5 55104070 0,008

<132681> 163788-2
283 2 STÜCK KABELVERSCHRAUBUNG SKINTOP TYP MS-M12X1,5 ATEX 59901209 0,000

PIECE screwed cable gland SKINTOP .04
285 1 STÜCK ATEX-WIDERSTANDSTHERMOMETER PT 100, EX"i",N. SKIZZE S-6483-4 59902195 0,000

PIECE resistance thermometer with .01
ATEX approval
MIT ANSCHLUßLEITUNG 5 M LG.
with power supply line
MIT KLEMMVERSCHRAUBUNG
with clamping union
----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
<136710> 168284-1
400 1 STÜCK MATERIALEINLAUF KOMPLETT / complete 168193 480,000

PIECE material inlet .08
<136723> 168193-0
401 2 STÜCK PANZERBLECH 168193 27,000

PIECE liner plate .05
screw
nut

PIECE washer .14
403 1 STÜCK PANZERBLECH 168193 24,000

403.1 1 STÜCK PANZERBLECH 168193 26,000

----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
<136723> 168193-0
screw
nut

PIECE washer .11
<136708> 168285-0
519 1 STÜCK ABDECKUNG ZUM MATERIALEINLAUF KOMPLETT / complete 168283 37,000

PIECE cover for material inlet .15
nut
----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
<136708> 168285-0

PIECE washer .35
****** E N D E D E R L I S T E / E N D O F L I S T ******
KAISERSLAUTERN Technical Machine Data Edition 11.2008
10.1 List of equipment
Material infeed
Magnet separator with electromagnet (7115MS1)
Manufacturer: Wagner
Drive of discharge belt: 2.2 kW
Belt width: 1,000 mm
Center distance: 2,150 mm
Design: across belt conveyor
Metal detector in silo feed belt (7115MT1)
Manufacturer: Wagner
Type: 652/2-80-60+650/1
For further details see separate operating instructions – chapter 11.
Silo 1 for petcoke (7211FB1)
Manufacturer: KCC
Admissible holding capacity: 150 t
Diameter: 6.0 m
Total height: 14.87 m
Number of silo outlets: 1
Nominal width of outlet: 1,000 mm x 600 mm
Admissible holding capacity must not be exceeded!
Load cells for silo (27211FB1.W01)
Manufacturer: Transweigh / supplier HWI

Type: C16AD1
Admissible total weight / measurement: 300 t
Load cells: 1x 200 t, 2x tilting bearings
Material temperature: ambient
Max fill level measurement of silo (7211FB1.L01)
Manufacturer / supplier: ABB

Type:
ge0800286-10.doc Page 1 / 16
Needle slide (7211NG1)
Manufacturer: Schenck
Dimensions: 1,000 x 600 mm
Belt scale (7211WF1)
Conveying capacity: 38 t/h
Useful width of frame: 800 mm
Center distance of pinion: 4.5 m
Total length: 5.50 m
Drive gearmotor
Power: 0.75 kW
Dust collection of petcoke silos 1+2
Manufacturer: Rieco Industries through HWI

Type: 224M-12-20 TRL
Raw gas volume flow: 25,000 m3/h
Filter surface: 410 m2
Admissible operating pressure: see operation manual
Fan of dust collection of petcoke silos 1+2
Manufacturer: Reitz India through HWI

Type:
Total pressure difference: 2,500 PA
Volume flow: 28,750 m3/h
ge0800286-10.doc Page 2 / 16
Silo 2 for petcoke (7211FB2)
Manufacturer: KCC
Admissible holding capacity: 150 t
Diameter: 6.0 m
Total height: 14.87 m
Number of silo outlets: 1
Nominal width of outlet: 1,000 mm x 600 mm
Admissible holding capacity must not be exceeded!
Load cells for silo (27211FB2.W01)
Manufacturer: Transweigh / supplier HWI

Type: C16AD1
Admissible total weight / measurement: 300 t
Load cells: 1x 200 t, 2x tilting bearings
Material temperature: ambient
Max fill level measurement of silo (7211FB1.L01)
Manufacturer / supplier: ABB

Type:
Needle slide (7211NG2)
Dimensions: 1,000 x 600 mm
Belt scale (7211WF2)
Useful width of frame: 800 mm
Center distance of pinion: 4.5 m
Total length: 5.50 m
Drive gearmotor
Power: 0.75 kW
ge0800286-10.doc Page 3 / 16
Belt conveyor (7215BC1)
Manufacturer: Masyc Projects

Arrangement: horizontal
Belt width: 800 mm
Belt speed: 1.0 m/s
Center distance: 7.5 m
Drive gearbox + coupling + motor

Power: 5.5 kW
Diameter of driving drum: 500 mm
Diameter of pulley: 400 mm
Diameter of return idlers: 114 mm
Belt, trough shaped, angle: 35°
Upper carrying idlers, 3-idler type: 140/165/88.9 mm
Carrying idler distance: 1,250 mm / reinforcement of idler station
at feed point
Return idler distance: 2,750 mm
Rotary lock
Manufacturer: Kukla
Type: ZZRS 700x1000
Drive gearmotor
Gearbox
Manufacturer: SEW
Type: RF87
Output speed: 94 1/min
Motor see list of electric consumers
For further details see separate operating instructions- chapter 11.
ge0800286-10.doc Page 4 / 16
Machine (7211RM1)
Designation: roller mill

Type: MPS 250 BK
with: air-swept lamella classifier
Type: SLS 1800 BK
Design: with hydro-pneumatic tension system

with Lift-and-Swing System
with maintenance door
Sound pressure level: approx. 85 dB(A)
The mill is of depression design, pressure-shock-resistant up to 8 bar.
Order no.: 25301-25313

25675/25981
Equipment / Components
Grinding rollers
Grinding roller diameter: 1,700 mm

Number of grinding rollers: 3
Design of tyres: one-piece
Material of tyres: Ni-Hard IV
Weight per tyre: 3,480 kg
Grinding plate
Outer diameter of grinding track: 2,500 mm

Intermediate diameter of grinding track: 2,000 mm
Design of grinding plate: segmented
Material: chromium cast alloy
Number of segments: 13
Total weight: 4,700 kg
ge0800286-10.doc Page 5 / 16
Tension system
Tensioning cylinder
Manufacturer: Hydrosaar
Number: 3
Design: double-acting
Bladder pressure accumulators

Number: 3
Charging pressure: P0min = P1 x 0.33
P0max = P1 x 0.66
P1normal = 165 bar
P1max = 195 bar
Hydraulic unit
Manufacturer: Hydac-System GmbH
Type: compact unit for grinding roller suspension
MPS 250 BK
Oil receptacle: 250 l

Pump type: radial piston pump
Volume flow: 5 l/min
Compact unit for Lift-and-Swing System
Hydraulic unit
Manufacturer: Hydac
Type: NG 13
Pump type: radial piston pump
Hydraulic cylinder
Manufacturer: Hydrosaar
Number: 1
Design: single-acting
ge0800286-10.doc Page 6 / 16
Seal air fan (7211FN1)
Manufacturer: Flakt
Type: HD-8-63F-R3-5-132 SM-3-1
Static pressure increase: 82 mbar
Motor
Power: 7.5 kW
Water pump for water injection (7211WP1+2)
Manufacturer: Netzsch
Type: NM021 BY02S112B
Conveying medium: water
Conveying capacity: 130 – 1,300 l/h
Gearmotor
Manufacturer: SEW
Type: RXF57 DT90S4/TH/VSMM15/MFP/BW1
Power: 1.5 kW
Speed: 246 rpm
Design: IBM5
Speed variation via

integrated frequency converter 290 - 2,900 rpm
ge0800286-10.doc Page 7 / 16
Mill drive
Main motor to be procured by customer

see list of electric consumers
Starter to be procured by customer

see list of electric consumers
Main gearbox
Manufacturer: Flender AG
Type: KMP 280 S
Power: 370 kW
Transmission ratio: i = 31.235:1
Output speed:
- main drive: 31.69 rpm
Thrust bearing: segmented thrust bearing
Load: normal: 1,750 kN static
maximal: 4,750 kN dynamic
Oil lubrication system: low pressure lubrication circuit

with oil pump and motor
Power: 7.5 kW
Speed: 1,430 rpm
with water cooler
Coupling motor / gearbox

Manufacturer: Rupex
Type: RWN 400
Maintenance drive
Manufacturer: Flender
Transmission ratio: i = 103
Chain drive
Number of teeth: Z1 = 15
Z2 = 45
Single roller chain: ISO 16 B1
Motor for maintenance drive see list of electric consumers
Vibration monitor
Manufacturer: Bruel & Kjaer
Type: Vibrocontrol 920/01
ge0800286-10.doc Page 8 / 16
Classifier
Designation: air-swept lamella classifier

Manufacturer: Gebr. Pfeiffer AG
Type: SLS 1800 BK
Number of blades at louvre (stator): 48
Number of blades at separating
wheel (rotor): 66
maximum speed of
separating wheel: 200 rpm
Gearbox
Manufacturer: SEW
Type: RF97DV180L4/TF
Output speed: nmax = 200 rpm
Design: M4
Transmission ratio: 8.39
Frequency converter see list of electric consumers
Dust collection unit (7217BF3)
Manufacturer: Thermax
Type: TP756(728)-450
Raw gas volume flow: 91,000 m³/h
Filter surface: 1,550 m2
Filter surface load: 0.98 m³/m²min
Admissible operating pressure: - 15,000 Pa
Pressure shock proof: up to 1.2 bar (absolute)
Rotary locks (7217RF3-5)
Manufacturer: Jaudt
Type: ZS EX Zü 631363.3070
Drive gearmotor
Gearbox
Manufacturer: SEW
Type: RF77
ge0800286-10.doc Page 9 / 16
Conveying screw (7217SC3)
Manufacturer: Klinkenberg
Drive gearmotor
Gearbox
Manufacturer: SEW
Type: R 107
Speed: 30 rpm
Design: M1
Drive gearmotor
Gearbox
Manufacturer: SEW
Type: R 137
Speed: 28 rpm
Design: M1
Drive gearmotor
Gearbox
Manufacturer: SEW
Type: R 137
Speed: 28 rpm
Design: M1
ge0800286-10.doc Page 10 / 16
Sampler (7215SM1)
Manufacturer: Oswal engineers through HWI

Type:
Power: 0.37 kW
Drive gearmotor
Gearbox
Manufacturer: SEW
Type: R 137
Speed: 28 rpm
Design: M1
Plant fan
Manufacturer: Flakt
Type: HF12S TSR310 3TS8A
Total pressure difference: 9,650 PA
Motor: see list of electric consumers
Cyclone – hot gas (7213CN1)

Manufacturer: HWI
Type:
ge0800286-10.doc Page 11 / 16
Rotary lock (7213RF1)
Manufacturer: Jaudt
Type: 630.151.3070
Drive of rotary lock gearmotor
Gearbox
Manufacturer: SEW
Type: RF47
Speed:
Design:
Hot gas fan
Manufacturer: through HWI

Type:
Total pressure difference:
Volume flow: … m³/h
ge0800286-10.doc Page 12 / 16
Flaps/dampers
Control damper in exhaust gas piping (7217LD2)
Manufacturer: United Technomech

Type: TMR-2VR
Nominal width (DN): 1,250 mm
Actuator actuator, automatic control

Type:
Voltage: 380 V / 50 Hz
Power: 0.37 kW
Drive torque: … Nm
Control damper in hot gas piping (7217LD3)

Type: TMR-2VR
Actuator actuator, automatic control

Type:
Power: 0.37 kW
Safety flap ahead of mill (7213Fl1)
Manufacturer: Edelhoff
Type: …
Actuator rotary actuator

Manufacturer: AUMA
Type: GSD 100.3 VZ 2.3
Power: 0.37 kW
ge0800286-10.doc Page 13 / 16
Safety flap ahead of filter (7217FL1)
Type: …
Actuator rotary actuator SA 07.5

Manufacturer: AUMA
Power: 0.37 kW
Safety flap after filter (7217FL2)
Type: …
Actuator rotary actuator SA 07.5

Manufacturer: AUMA
Power: 0.37 kW
Ductings in grinding plant
Manufacturer: KCC
1 ducting 7212 DU1 from classifier to process filter

1 ducting from filter to fan
1 ducting from fan to chimney
1 ducting for recirculating air to mill
1 ducting for hot gas suction
Chimney
Manufacturer: KCC
ge0800286-10.doc Page 14 / 16
Expansion joints in grinding plant
Manufacturer:
Fibre: Kkeld ellendofd India Private Ltd.

Metallic: Metallic Bellows India Private Ltd.
Measuring and control equipment
Manufacturer: ABB
1 pressure measuring transducer for mill inlet pressure

7211RM1.P01 measuring range - 20 to + 5 mbar
output signal: 4 – 20 mA
1 diff. pressure measuring transducer for mill differential pressure

7211RM1.P02 measuring range: 0 to + 50 mbar
1 diff. pressure measuring transducer for mill air volume

7217BF3.F01 measuring range: 0 to + 6 mbar
Temperature measuring instruments (RTDs)
on filter inerting by Singhania

Number: 12
7217BF3.T13-T24 measuring range 0 ... 120°C
on classifier for bearing temperature

Number: 2
7211SR1.T02+03 measuring range 0 ... 150°C
on hot gas inlet through ABB

Number: 1
7211RM1.T01 measuring range 0 ... 250°C
on mill outlet through ABB

Number: 1
7211RM1T02 measuring range 0 ... 120°C
ge0800286-10.doc Page 15 / 16
CO2 inerting unit (7414SL1)
Manufacturer: hrough HWI

Medium: CO2
Number of inerting areas (LB): 4
LB1: mill and ducting
LB2: filter
LB3: pulverized coal silo 1
LB4: pulverized coal silo 2
Bottle battery: … kg ???
Operating pressure: … bar ???
CO2 gas warning unit
Manufacturer:
Type:
Type of gas (maximum
concentration in workplace) : CO2
Overhead crane for mill (7215CA1)
Manufacturer: W. H. Brady
Useful load: 350 kN
Medium hook travel: ca. 8.3 m
Lifting height: ca. 24 m
Length: ca. 22.5 m
Installed power: 25 kW
ge0800286-10.doc Page 16 / 16
Q_Excel_Tab_Motore_Kunde
FLS-Page Consumer Client_IDDescriptionDescription 2 Voltage Ph. Current Power rpm 1 rpm 2 Startup Freq Net syst. BART Constr. BAUGR Protec. Cooling Iso Class ETA COSPHI Remark Typ Manuf. MTyp Supplier Supplier NaDistributionMCC-TypicRev_No Rev_dat Motor Drawing No
008 2111WF1.C01 WEIGH APRON FEED 380 3-AC max. 63 A FF 50 NN IP 54 FC SCHENCK India GPI 1DD2 3 16.07.2008
2111WF1.C02 WEIGH APRON FEED 220 1-AC FF 50 NN to UPS SCHENCK India GPI 3 16.07.2008
008 2111WF1.M01 WEIGH APRON FEED 380 3-AC 23 11 1500 FC 50 NN S1 IM 1001 IP 55 IC A 411 F SC GPI 2111WF1.C01 3 16.07.2008
2111WF1.M02 WEIGH APRON FEED 380 3-AC 23 11 1500 FC 50 NN S1 IM 1001 IP 55 IC A 411 F SC GPI 2111WF1.C01 3 16.07.2008
008 2111WF4.C01 WEIGHBELT FEEDER 380 3-AC max. 10 A FF 50 NN IP 54 FC SCHENCK India GPI 1DD2 3 16.07.2008
2111WF4.C02 WEIGHBELT FEEDER 220 1-AC FF 50 NN to UPS SCHENCK India GPI 3 16.07.2008
008 2111WF4.M01 WEIGHBELT FEEDER 380 3-AC 7 3 1500 FC 50 NN S1 IM 1001 IP 55 IC A 411 F SC GPI 2111WF4.C01 1 05.02.2008
008 2111WF5.C01 WEIGHBELT FEEDER 380 3-AC max. 6,3 A FF 50 NN IP 54 FC SCHENCK India GPI 1DD2 3 16.07.2008
008 2111WF5.C02 WEIGHBELT FEEDER 220 1-AC FF 50 NN to UPS SCHENCK India GPI 3 16.07.2008
008 2111WF5.M01 WEIGHBELT FEEDER 380 3-AC 1,2 0,55 1500 FC 50 NN S1 IM 1001 IP 55 IC A 411 F SC GPI 2111WF5.C01 0 07.12.2007
008 2111WF5.M02 WEIGHBELT FEEDER 380 3-AC 0,23 3000 DOL 50 NN VD GPI 3 16.07.2008
008 2115BC1.C01 BELT CONVEYOR TH 230 3-AC 46 22 FF 50 NN IP 54 FC ABB ABB 1DD2 1 06.02.2008
009 2115BC1.M01 BELT CONVEYOR 380 3-AC 46 22 1500 FC 50 NN S1 IM 1001 IP 55 IC A 411 F MOTOR BYSC ABB ABB 2115BC1.C01 1 05.02.2008 3GYN491528
009 2115BC2.C01 BELT CONVEYOR TH 380 3-AC 170 90 FF 50 NN IP 54 FC BY ABBFC ABB ABB 1DD2 1 06.02.2008
009 2115MS1.C01 METAL SEPARATOR 380 3-AC max. 20A 7,5 FF 50 NN IP 54 FC BY ABBEM WAGNER GPI 1DD2 1 06.02.2008
009 2115MS1.M01 METAL SEPARATOR 380 3-AC 4,95 2,2 1500 50 DOL 50 NN S1 IM 1001 IP 55 IC A 411 F DOL feede GM SEW SA67DV100M4 GPI 1DD2 1 05.02.2008
009 2115MS1.V01 MAGNETIC SEPARAT 220 1-DC 30 6,6 DOL NN power fromEM WAGNER 2115MS1.C01 0 07.12.2007
008 2117BF1.C01 BAG FILTER - CONTR 220 1-AC FF 50 NN IP 54 HWI 1DD1 0 07.12.2007
008 2117FN1.M01 FAN 380 3-AC 22 1500 HD 50 NN S1 IM 1001 IP 55 IC A 411 F SC ABB ABB 1DD1 1 13.02.2008
008 2117FN2.M01 FAN 380 3-AC 22 1500 HD 50 NN S1 IM 1001 IP 55 IC A 411 F SC ABB ABB 1DD1 1 13.02.2008
008 2117FN3.M01 FAN 380 3-AC 1500 HD 50 NN S1 IM 1001 IP 55 IC A 411 F SC ABB ABB 1DD1 0 07.12.2007
008 2117FN4.M01 FAN 380 3-AC 11 1500 HD NN S1 IM 1001 IP 55 IC A 411 F SC ABB ABB 1DD2 1 13.02.2008
008 2117FN5.M01 FAN 380 3-AC 22 1500 HD NN S1 IM 1001 IP 55 IC A 411 F SC ABB ABB 1DD2 1 13.02.2008
008 2117RF1.M01 ROTARY FEEDER - B 380 3-AC 3,7 DOL 50 NN S1 IM 1001 IP 55 IC A 411 F GM ABB HWI 1DD1 0 07.12.2007
008 2117RF4.M01 ROTARY FEEDER - B 380 3-AC 3,7 DOL 50 NN S1 IM 1001 IP 55 IC A 411 F GM HWI 1DD2 1 05.02.2008
008 2117RF5.M01 ROTARY FEEDER - B 380 3-AC DOL 50 NN S1 IM 1001 IP 55 IC A 411 F GM HWI 1DD2 1 05.02.2008
009 2511HD2.M01 LIFTING DEVICE HO 380 3-AC 6,4 3 1500 FF 50 NN IM B5 IP 55 IC A 411 F to B SC ABB GP 3 19.08.2008
009 2511FN1.M01 ROLLER MILL - SEAL 380 3-AC 21 11 3000 DOL 50 NN S1 IM 1001 IP 55 IC A 411 F SC ABB EHX160MLC2 GPI 1DD2 3 19.08.2008
009 2511GB1.H01 EL.HEATER 380 2-AC 1,6 0,8 DOL 50 NN HE HELIOS GP 3 16.07.2008
009 2511HD1.C01 ROLLER MILL-HYDR 220 1-AC FF 50 NN IP 54 GP 1 06.02.2008
009 2511HD1.M01 ROLLER MILL-HYDR 380 3-AC 11,4 5,5 1500 DOL 50 NN S3 IM V1 IP 55 IC A 411 F to B SC ABB GP 3 16.07.2008
009 2511HD1.M02 ROLLER MILL-HYDR 380 3-AC 3,4 1,5 1500 DOL 50 NN S2 SC GP 1 05.02.2008
009 2511HD1.M03 ROLLER MILL-HYDR 380 3-AC 11,4 5,5 1500 DOL 50 NN S3 IM V1 IP 55 IC A 411 F to B SC ABB GP 3 16.07.2008
009 2511HD1.V01 ROLLER MILL-HYDR 220 1-AC 0,09 20VA DOL 50 NN IP 65 SO Hydac WSM06020V-01M-C-NGP 2511HD1.C01 3 16.07.2008
009 2511HD1.V02 ROLLER MILL-HYDR 220 1-AC 0,09 20VA DOL 50 NN IP 65 SO Hydac WSM06020V-01M-C-NGP 2511HD1.C01 3 16.07.2008
009 2511HD1.V03 ROLLER MILL-HYDR 220 1-AC 0,22 50VA DOL 50 NN IP 65 SO Rexroth 4 WE 6 D6X/EW230N GP 2511HD1.C01 3 16.07.2008
009 2511HD1.V04 ROLLER MILL-HYDR 220 1-AC 0,22 50VA DOL 50 NN IP 65 SO Rexroth 4 WE 10 D3X/CW230 GP 2511HD1.C01 3 16.07.2008
009 2511HD1.V05 ROLLER MILL-HYDR 220 1-AC 0,09 20VA DOL 50 NN IP 65 SO Hydac WSM12120V-01-C-N- GP 2511HD1.C01 3 16.07.2008
009 2511HD1.V06 ROLLER MILL-HYDR 220 1-AC 0,09 20VA DOL 50 NN IP 65 SO Hydac WSM12120V-01-C-N- GP 2511HD1.C01 3 16.07.2008
009 2511HD1.V07 ROLLER MILL-HYDR 220 1-AC 0,09 20VA DOL 50 NN IP 65 SO Hydac WSM12120W-01-C-N GP 2511HD1.C01 3 16.07.2008
010 2511LD1.H01 EL.HEATER - DAMPE 220 1-AC 0,09 DOL 50 NN HE GPI 1DD2 1 05.02.2008
010 2511LD1.M01 LOUVRE DAMPER FO 380 3-AC 8,2 3,7 1500 RDOL 50 NN S4 IM 1001 IP 55 IC A 411 F SD GPI 1DD2 1 05.02.2008
010 2511LD2.H01 EL.HEATER - DAMPE 220 1-AC 0,09 DOL 50 NN HE GPI 1DD2 1 05.02.2008
010 2511LD2.M01 LOUVRE DAMPER 380 3-AC 4,8 2,2 1500 RDOL 50 NN S4 IM 1001 IP 55 IC A 411 F SD GPI 1CJ1.01 2 21.02.2008
009 2511LQ1.M01 LUBRICATION LOW P 380 3-AC 55 30 1500 DOL 50 NN S1 IM V1 IP 55 IC A 411 F to B SC ABB M2QA-200 L4A-3GQAGP 2 21.02.2008
009 2511LQ1.M02 LUBRICATION HEAT 380 3-AC 8,2 4 750 DOL 50 NN S2 IM V1 IP 55 IC A 411 F to B SC ABB M2QA-160 M8A-3GQAGP 3 16.07.2008
2511LQ1.H01 LUBRICATION OIL PR 380 3-AC 18 DOL 50 NN IP 65 HE Funke 0.0806.2.96-0180/11 GP 3 16.07.2008
009 2511LQ1.M03 LUBRICATION LOW P 380 3-AC 55 30 1500 DOL 50 NN S1 IM V1 IP 55 IC A 411 F to B SC ABB M2QA-200 L4A-3GQAGP 3 16.07.2008
009 2511LQ1.M04 LUBRICATION HIGH 380 3-AC 15,2 7,5 1500 DOL 50 NN S1 IM B5 IP 55 IC A 411 F to B SC ABB M2QA-132 M4A-3GQAGP 3 16.07.2008
009 2511LQ3.M01 CLASSIFIER - GEAR 380 3-AC 2,55 1,1 1500 DOL 50 NN S1 IM B5 90 S-04 IP 55 IC A 411 F SC Flender GP 3 16.07.2008
009 2511LQ3.M02 CLASSIFIER - GEAR 380 3-AC 1 0,37 1500 DOL 50 NN S1 IM B14 71 IP 55 IC A 411 F SC Flender GP 3 16.07.2008
009 2511MD1.A01 ROLLER MILL - MAIN 380 3-AC 2,2 FF 50 NN S1 IM 1001 IP 54 IC A 411 F SC ABB ABB 1DD2 1 05.02.2008
009 2511MD1.H01 ROLLER MILL - MAIN 220 1-AC 1 DOL 50 NN ABB ABB 1DD2 3 19.08.2008
009 2511MD1.M01 ROLLER MILL - MAIN 6000 3-AC 307 2600 990 LRS 50 NN S1 IM 1001 IP 55 IC A 616 F to B SR ABB ABB 1BD2.06 3 19.08.2008
009 2511MD1.M02 ROLLER MILL - AUXI 380 3-AC 11,4 5,5 1500 DOL 50 NN S2 IP 55 IC A 411 F to B SC Flender M132SB04 GP 3 16.07.2008
009 2511MD1.M03 FAN INTERN 380 3-AC 5,5 HD 50 NN S1 IM 1001 IP 55 IC A 411 F SC ABB ABB 1DD2 3 04.08.2008
009 2511MD1.M04 FAN INTERN 380 3-AC 5,5 HD 50 NN S1 IM 1001 IP 55 IC A 411 F SC ABB ABB 1DD2 3 04.08.2008
009 2511RF1.M01 ROTARY FEEDER 380 3-AC 21,5 11 1500 6 DOL 50 NN S1 IP 55 IC A 411 F 0,81 GM SEW KH167R107AR160DVGP 3 16.07.2008
010 2511SG1.H01 EL.HEATER 220 1-AC DOL 50 NN HE HWI 1DD2 1 07.02.2008
010 2511SG1.M01 SHUT OFF GATE 380 3-AC 3,7 RDOL 50 NN S2 IM 1001 IP 55 IC A 411 F SD HWI 1DD2 1 07.02.2008
009 2511SR1.C01 RM -SEPARATOR_Fr 380 3-AC 132 FF 50 NN IP 54 FC ABB ABB 1DD2 1 05.02.2008
009 2511SR1.H01 E. HEATER FOR SEP 220 1-AC DOL 50 NN ABB ABB 1DD2 1 05.02.2008
009 2511SR1.M01 ROLLER MILL - SEPA 380 3-AC 132 FC 50 NN S1 IM 1001 IP 55 IC A 411 F SC ABB ABB 2511SR1.C01 1 05.02.2008
009 2511SR1.M02 FAN INTERN 380 3-AC HD 50 NN S1 IM 1001 IP 55 IC A 411 F SC ABB ABB 1DD2 1 29.01.2008
009 2511VA1.V01 SOLENOID VALVE - W 220 1-AC 0,072 DOL 50 NN IP 54 SO BUSCHJOST GP 3 16.07.2008
009 2511VA2.V01 SOLENOID VALVE - A 220 1-AC 0,072 DOL 50 NN IP 54 SO BUSCHJOST GP 3 16.07.2008
009 2511VA3.V01 SOLENOID VALVE - F 220 1-AC DOL 50 NN IP 54 SO GPI 3 16.07.2008
009 2511WP1.C01 THYRISTORCONTRO 380 3-AC 23 11 FF 50 NN IP 20 FC ABB ACS550-01-023A-4 GP 3 16.07.2008
009 2511WP1.M01 WATER INJECTION-W 380 3-AC 23 11 1500 FC 50 NN S1 IM B5 IP 55 IC A 416 F SC SEW RF77 DV160 M4/TF/VGP 2511WP1.C01 3 16.07.2008
009 2511WP1.M02 FAN INTERN 220 1-AC 0,42 0,13 HD 50 NN S1 IP 55 F SC SEW GP 3 16.07.2008
Page 1
2511WP2.C01 THYRISTORCONTRO 380 3-AC 23 11 FF 50 NN IP 20 FC ABB ACS550-01-023A-4 GP 3 16.07.2008

009 2511WP2.M01 WATER INJECTION-W 380 3-AC 23 11 1500 FC 50 NN S1 IM B5 IP 55 IC A 416 F SC SEW RF77 DV160 M4/TF/VGP 2511WP1.C01 3 16.07.2008
009 2511WP2.M02 FAN INTERN 220 1-AC 0,42 0,13 HD 50 NN S1 IP 55 F SC SEW GP 3 16.07.2008
009 2512BC1.C01 BELT CONVEYOR TH 230 3-AC 4,8 2,2 FF 50 NN IP 54 FC BY ABBFC ABB ABB 1DD2 1 05.02.2008
009 2512BC1.M01 BELT CONVEYOR 380 3-AC 4,8 2,2 1500 FC 50 NN S1 IM 1001 IP 55 IC A 411 F MOTOR BYSC ABB ABB 2512BC1.C01 1 05.02.2008 3GYN491508
009 2512BI1.C01 WEIGHING SYSTEM, 220 1-AC max. 6A FF 50 NN GPI GPI 3 16.07.2008
009 2512CH1.V01 TWO-WAY DISTRIBU 220 1-AC 0,3 0,05 DOL 50 NN IP 55 SO UTEPL GPI 1DD2 1 05.02.2008
009 2512MT1.C01 CONTROL CAB. - ME 220 1-AC max. 10 A 0,1 FF 50 NN IP 54 WAGNER GPI 1DD2 3 19.08.2008
009 2512MT1.U01 METAL DETECTOR 220 1-AC NN from md panel WAGNER GPI 12512MT1.C01 2 21.02.2008
010 2513FN1.A01 FAN - MAIN DRIVE - S 380 3-AC 4,4 2,2 FF 50 NN S1 IM 1001 IP 55 IC A 411 F SC ABB ABB 1DD2 1 07.02.2008
010 2513FN1.H01 EL.HEATER - ROLLE 220 1-AC 2,52 DOL 50 NN ABB ABB 1DD2 3 19.08.2008
010 2513FN1.M01 ROLLER MILL - FAN 6000 3-AC 2800 1000 LRS 50 NN S1 IM 1001 IP 55 IC A 416 F SR ABB ABB 1BD2.05 1 05.02.2008
010 2513LD1.H01 EL.HEATER - LOUVR 220 1-AC 0,23 0,01 DOL 50 NN GPI 1DD2 0 07.12.2007
010 2513LD1.M01 LOUVRE DAMPER FO 380 3-AC 4 1,1 2800 RDOL 50 NN S4 IM 1001 IP 55 IC A 411 F SD AUMA GPI 1CJ1.01 2 21.02.2008
010 2513LD2.H01 EL.HEATER - DAMPE 220 1-AC 0,23 DOL 50 NN GPI 1DD2 1 05.02.2008
010 2513LD2.M01 LOUVRE DAMPER 380 3-AC 8,2 3,7 1500 RDOL 50 NN S4 IM 1001 IP 55 IC A 411 F confirmed SD UTEPL GPI 1CJ1.01 2 21.02.2008
010 2513RF1.M01 ROTARY FEEDER 380 3-AC 8,7 4 16 DOL 50 NN S1 IM 1001 IP 55 IC A 411 F GM SEW GPI 1DD2 3 19.08.2008
010 2513RF2.M01 ROTARY FEEDER 380 3-AC 8,7 4 16 DOL 50 NN S1 IM 1001 IP 55 IC A 411 F GM SEW GPI 1DD2 3 19.08.2008
010 2513SG1.H01 EL.HEATER 220 1-AC DOL 50 NN HE HWI 1DD2 1 07.02.2008
010 2513SG1.M01 SHUT OFF GATE 380 3-AC 1500 RDOL 50 NN S2 IM 1001 IP 55 IC A 411 F SD HWI 1CJ1.01 2 21.02.2008
009 2515BC1.C01 BELT CONVEYOR TH 380 3-AC 31 15 FF 50 NN IP 54 FC ABB GPI 1DD2 1 19.05.2008
009 2515BE1.M01 BUCKET ELEVATOR 380 3-AC 78 37 1500 DOL 50 NN S1 IM 1001 IP 55 IC A 411 SC ABB ABB 1DD2 2 19.05.2008 3GYN490847
009 2515BE1.M02 BUCKET ELEVATOR 380 3-AC 4,8 2,2 25 DOL 50 NN S1 IM 3011 IP 55 IC A 411 F SC SIEMENS GPI 1DG2 2 21.02.2008
009 2515CA1.C01 BRIDGE CRANE -SW 380 3-AC 50 NN IP 54 HWI 1DD2 1 06.02.2008
009 2515CA1.M01 BRIDGE CRANE -LIF 380 3-AC 50 NN S1 IM 1001 IP 55 IC A 411 F GM HWI 2515CA1.C01 1 06.02.2008
009 2515CA1.M02 BRIDGE CRANE-LIFT 380 3-AC 50 NN S1 IM 1001 IP 55 IC A 411 F GM HWI 2515CA1.C01 0 07.12.2007
009 2515CA1.M03 BRIDGE CRANE TRA 380 3-AC 43 ? 50 NN S1 IM 1001 IP 55 IC A 411 F GM HWI 2515CA1.C01 0 07.12.2007
009 2515CA1.M04 BRIDGE CRANE TRA 380 3-AC 50 NN S1 IM 1001 IP 55 IC A 411 F GM HWI 2515CA1.C01 0 07.12.2007
009 2515CH1.V01 TWO-WAY DISTRIBU 220 1-AC 0,3 0,05 DOL 50 NN IP 55 SO UTEPL GPI 1DD2 1 06.02.2008
011 2515CH2.M01 TWO-WAY CHUTE - M 380 3-AC RDOL 50 NN S2 IM 1001 IP 55 IC A 411 F GP confirmSC 1DD2 1 13.02.2008
011 2515CV1.M01 CHAIN CONVEYOR 380 3-AC 3,7 DOL 50 NN S1 IM 1001 IP 55 IC A 411 F SC ABB HWI 1DD2 1 13.02.2008
011 2515EH1.C01 SWITCH CAB.E-HOIS 220 1-AC 18 7,5 FF 50 NN IP 54 GPI 1DD2 3 19.08.2008
011 2515EH1.M01 LIFTING DEVICE HO 380 3-AC 18 7,5 1500 RDOL 50 NN S1 IM 1001 IP 55 IC A 411 F power fromSC GPI 2515EH1.C01 3 19.08.2008
011 2515EH1.M02 TRAVEL DRIVE HOIS 380 3-AC RDOL 50 NN S1 IM 1001 IP 55 IC A 411 F SC GPI 2515EH1.C01 0 07.12.2007
009 2515MT1.C01 CONTROL CAB. - ME 220 1-AC max. 10 A 0,1 FF 50 NN IP 54 WAGNER GPI 1DD2 3 19.08.2008
009 2515MT1.U01 METAL DETECTOR 220 1-AC NN from md panel WAGNER GPI 12515MT1.C01 2 21.02.2008
007 2515VC1.C01 CONTROL CAB. -VIB 380 3-AC max 1,5 x In FF 50 NN IP 55 HILGER & KERN GP 3 16.07.2008
009 2515VC1.M01 VIBRATING CONVEY 380 3-AC 8,27 4 1000 DOL 50 NN S1 IM B3 IP 66 IC A 411 F VD FRIEDRIC F1600-6-7.0 GP 2515VC1.C01 3 16.07.2008
009 2515VC1.M02 VIBRATING CONVEY 380 3-AC 8,27 4 1000 DOL 50 NN S1 IM B3 IP 66 IC A 411 F VD FRIEDRIC F1600-6-7.0 GP 2515VC1.C01 3 16.07.2008
010 2516FN1.M01 FAN - AIRSLID 380 3-AC 13,8 7,5 3000 HD 50 NN S1 IM 1001 IP 55 IC A 411 F SC ABB HWI 1DD2 1 06.02.2008
010 2516FN2.M01 FAN - AIRSLID 380 3-AC 5,5 3000 HD NN S1 IM 1001 IP 55 IC A 411 F SC ABB HWI 1DF1 2 21.02.2008
010 2516FN3.M01 FAN - AIRSLID 380 3-AC 5,5 3000 HD NN S1 IM 1001 IP 55 IC A 411 F SC ABB HWI 1DF1 2 21.02.2008
010 2516FN4.M01 FAN - AIRSLID 380 3-AC 5,5 3000 HD NN S1 IM 1001 IP 55 IC A 411 F SC ABB HWI 1DD2 2 21.02.2008
010 2516FN5.M01 FAN - AIRSLID 380 3-AC 5,5 3000 HD 50 NN S1 IM 1001 IP 55 IC A 411 F SC ABB HWI 1DD2 1 13.02.2008
012 2516FN6.M01 FAN - AIRSLID 380 3-AC 5,5 3000 HD NN S1 IM 1001 IP 55 IC A 411 F SC ABB HWI 1DD2 2 21.02.2008
010 2516FN7.M01 FAN - AIRSLID 380 3-AC 13,8 7,5 3000 HD 50 NN S1 IM 1001 IP 55 IC A 411 F SC ABB HWI 1DD2 1 06.02.2008
009 2517FN1.M01 FAN 380 3-AC 18,5 1500 HD NN S1 IM 1001 IP 55 IC A 411 F SC ABB ABB 1DD2 1 13.02.2008
010 2611DA1.M01 DAMPER - FLAP (HG 380 3-AC RDOL 50 NN S2 IM 1001 IP 55 IC A 411 F SD HWI 1DD2 1 06.02.2008
010 2611DA2.M01 DAMPER - FLAP (HG 380 3-AC RDOL 50 NN S2 IM 1001 IP 55 IC A 411 F SD HWI 1DD2 0 07.12.2007
010 2611SG3.H01 EL.HEATER - DAMPE 220 1-AC DOL 50 NN HWI 1DD2 3 19.08.2008
010 2611SG3.M01 DAMPER - FLAP HGG 380 3-AC RDOL 50 NN S4 IM 1001 IP 55 IC A 411 F SD HWI 1CJ1.01 3 19.08.2008
010 2611DA4.H01 EL.HEATER - DAMPE 220 1-AC DOL 50 NN HWI 1DD2 1 06.02.2008
010 2611DA4.M01 DAMPER - FLAP HGG 380 3-AC RDOL 50 NN S2 IM 1001 IP 55 IC A 411 F SD HWI 1DD2 1 06.02.2008
010 2611FN1.M01 FAN (HGG) 380 3-AC HD 50 NN S1 IM 1001 IP 55 IC A 411 F SC HWI 1DD2 1 06.02.2008
010 2611FN2.M01 FAN (HGG) 380 3-AC HD 50 NN S1 IM 1001 IP 55 IC A 411 F SC HWI 1DD2 0 07.12.2007
010 2611HG1.C01 HOT GAS GENERATO 220 1-AC FF 50 NN IP 54 HWI 1DD2 1 06.02.2008
010 2611LD1.H01 EL.HEATER - DAMPE 220 1-AC DOL 50 NN HWI 1DD2 1 06.02.2008
010 2611LD1.M01 LOUVRE DAMPER (H 380 3-AC RDOL 50 NN S4 IM 1001 IP 55 IC A 411 F SD HWI 1DD2 1 06.02.2008
010 2611VA1.V01 SOLENOID VALVE 220 1-AC DOL 50 NN IP 54 SO HWI 1DD2 1 06.02.2008
039 7115BC4.M01 BELT CONVEYOR 380 3-AC 30 DOL 50 NN S1 IM 1001 IP 55 IC A 411 F SC ABB ABB 1DE1 1 11.02.2008
039 7115BC5.M01 BELT CONVEYOR 380 3-AC 7,5 RDOL 50 NN S1 IM 1001 IP 55 IC A 411 F SC ABB ABB 1DE1 1 11.02.2008
039 7115CH1.V01 TWO-WAY DISTRIBU 220 1-AC 0,25 0,05 DOL 50 NN IP 54 MV GPI 1DE1 3 19.08.2008
039 7115MS1.C01 METAL SEPARATOR 380 3-AC max. 10 FF 50 NN IP 54 GPI 1DE1 3 19.08.2008
039 7115MS1.M01 METAL SEPARATOR 380 3-AC 4,95 2,2 1500 50 DOL 50 NN S1 IM 1001 IP 54 IC A 411 F power fromGM SEW SA67DV100M4 GPI 1DE1 1 11.02.2008
008 7115MS1.V01 MAGNETIC SEPARAT 220 1-DC 10 5 DOL 50 NN IP 54 power fromEM GPI 7115MS1.C01 1 29.01.2008
039 7115MT1.C01 CONTROL CAB. - ME 220 1-AC max. 10 0,1 FF 50 NN IP 54 GPI 1DE1 3 19.08.2008
039 7115MT1.U01 METAL DETECTOR 220 1-AC NN from md panel GPI 7115MT1.C01 1 11.02.2008
040 7211EH1.C01 ROLLER MILL-HYDR 380 3-AC FF 50 NN ABB GP 1DE2 1 08.02.2008
040 7211HD2.M01 LIFTING DEVICE HO 380 3-AC 1,03 0,37 1500 FF 50 NN IM B5 IP 55 IC A 411 F to B SC ABB GP 3 16.07.2008
040 7211FN1.M01 ROLLER MILL - SEAL 380 3-AC 14 7,5 3000 HD 50 NN S1 IM 1001 IP 55 IC A 411 F SC ABB EHX132SMC2 GPI 1DE2 1 19.05.2008
040 7211GB1.H01 EL.HEATER 380 2-AC 1 0,5 DOL 50 NN HE HELIOS O 52 GP 1DE2 3 16.07.2008
040 7211GB1.H04 EL.HEATER 380 2-AC 1 0,5 DOL 50 NN HE HELIOS GP 1DE2 3 16.07.2008
040 7211HD1.C01 ROLLER MILL-HYDR 380 3-AC 2 kVA FF 50 NN GP 3 16.07.2008
040 7211HD1.M01 ROLLER MILL-HYDR 380 3-AC 6,4 3 1500 DOL 50 NN S3 IM V1 IP 55 IC A 411 F to B SC ABB GP 3 16.07.2008
040 7211HD1.M02 ROLLER MILL-HYDR 380 3-AC 3,4 1,5 1500 DOL 50 NN S2 IM V1 IP 55 SC Hydac GP 3 16.07.2008
040 7211HD1.M03 ROLLER MILL-HYDR 380 3-AC 6,4 3 1500 DOL 50 NN S3 IM V1 IP 55 IC A 411 F to B SC ABB GP 3 16.07.2008
040 7211HD1.V01 ROLLER MILL-HYDR 220 1-AC 0,09 20VA DOL 50 NN SO Hydac GP 7211HD1.C01 3 16.07.2008
040 7211HD1.V03 ROLLER MILL-HYDR 220 1-AC 0,22 50VA DOL 50 NN SO Rexroth GP 7211HD1.C01 3 16.07.2008
040 7211HD1.V04 ROLLER MILL-HYDR 220 1-AC 0,22 50VA DOL 50 NN SO Rexroth GP 7211HD1.C01 3 16.07.2008
040 7211LQ1.M01 LUBRICATION LOW P 380 3-AC 15,2 7,5 1500 DOL 50 NN S1 IM B5 IP 55 IC A 411 F to B SC ABB GP 3 16.07.2008
040 7211LQ1.M02 LUBRICATION LOW P 380 3-AC 15,2 7,5 1500 DOL 50 NN S1 IM B5 IP 55 IC A 411 F to B SC ABB GP 3 16.07.2008
Page 2
040 7211MD1.A01 ROLLER MILL - MAIN 380 3-AC 2 F 50 NN S1 IM 1001 IP 55 IC A 411 F SC ABB ABB 1DE2 1 01.02.2008
040 7211MD1.H01 ROLLER MILL - MAIN 220 1-AC 2,52 DOL 50 NN ABB ABB 1DE2 1 01.02.2008
040 7211MD1.M01 ROLLER MILL - MAIN 6000 3-AC 370 LRS 50 NN S1 IM 1001 IP 55 IC A 416 F SR ABB ABB 1BN1.04 2 21.02.2008
040 7211MD1.M02 ROLLER MILL - AUXI 380 3-AC 3,9 1,5 1500 DOL 50 NN S2 IM B3 IP 55 IC A 411 F to B SC Flender GP 3 16.07.2008
040 7211MD1.M03 FAN INTERN 380 3-AC HD 50 NN S1 IM 1001 IP 55 IC A 411 F SC ABB ABB 1DE2 1 30.01.2008
040 7211RF1.M01 ROTARY FEEDER 380 3-AC 18,1 9,2 1500 94 DOL 50 NN S1 IP 55 IC A 411 F 0,84 SC SEW GP 3 16.07.2008
040 7211SG1.M01 ELECTROMAGNET 220 1-AC 32 VA DOL 50 NN MECALEC S.4.8.25.CY18 GP 3 16.07.2008
040 7211SG1.M02 ELECTROMAGNET 220 1-AC 32 VA DOL 50 NN MECALEC S.4.8.25.CY18 GP 3 16.07.2008
040 7211SR1.C01 RM -SEPARATOR_TH 380 3-AC F 50 NN IP 54 ABB ABB 1DE2 1 05.02.2008
040 7211SR1.H01 E. HEATER FOR SEP 220 1-AC DOL 50 NN SEW GP 1DE2 3 16.07.2008
040 7211SR1.M01 ROLLER MILL - SEPA 380 3-AC 45 22 1500 FC 50 NN S1 IM M4 DV180L4 IP 55 IC A 416 H 0,82 SC SEW SEW GP 7211SR1.C01 3 16.07.2008
040 7211SR1.M02 FAN INTERN 380 3-AC HD 50 NN S1 IM 1001 IP 55 IC A 411 F SC GP 1DE2 1 01.02.2008
040 7211VA1.V01 SOLENOID VALVE - W 220 1-AC DOL 50 NN SO BUSCHJOST GP 3 16.07.2008
040 7211VA2.V01 SOLENOID VALVE - A 220 1-AC DOL 50 NN SO BUSCHJOST GP 3 16.07.2008
040 7211VA3.V01 SOLENOID VALVE - F 220 1-AC DOL 50 NN SO GPI 3 16.07.2008
039 7211WF1.C01 WEIGHBELT FEEDER 380 3-AC max. 6,3 FF 50 NN IP 54 SCHENCK India GPI 1DE2 3 16.07.2008
039 7211WF1.M01 WEIGHBELT FEEDER 380 3-AC 1,8 0,75 1500 FC 50 NN S1 IM 1001 IP 55 IC A 411 F SC GPI 7211WF1.C01 1 01.02.2008
039 7211WF2.C01 WEIGHBELT FEEDER 380 3-AC max. 6,3 FF 50 NN IP 54 SCHENCK India GPI 1DE2 3 16.07.2008
039 7211WF2.M01 WEIGHBELT FEEDER 380 3-AC 1,8 0,75 1500 FC 50 NN S1 IM 1001 IP 55 IC A 411 F SC GP 7211WF2.C01 1 01.02.2008
040 7211WP1.C01 THYRISTORCONTRO 380 3-AC 3,5 1,5 FF 50 NN IP 55 incl. in driv FC SEW RXF57 DT90S4/TH/VSGP 3 16.07.2008
040 7211WP1.M01 WATER INJECTION-W 380 3-AC 3,5 1,5 1500 FC 50 NN S1 IM B5 IP 55 IC A 416 F SC SEW RXF57 DT90S4/TH/VSGP 7211WP1.C01 3 16.07.2008
040 7211WP1.M02 FAN INTERN 220 1-AC 0,23 0,046 DOL 50 NN S1 IP 55 F SC GP 3 16.07.2008
7211WP2.C01 THYRISTORCONTRO 380 3-AC 3,5 1,5 FF 50 NN IP 55 incl. in driv FC SEW RXF57 DT90S4/TH/VSGP 3 16.07.2008
040 7211WP2.M01 WATER INJECTION-W 380 3-AC 3,5 1,5 1500 FC 50 NN S1 IM B5 IP 55 IC A 416 F SC SEW RXF57 DT90S4/TH/VSGP 7211WP1.C01 3 16.07.2008
040 7211WP2.M02 FAN INTERN 220 1-AC 0,23 0,046 DOL 50 NN S1 IP 55 F SC GP 3 16.07.2008
040 7213FL1.H01 EL.HEATER 220 1-AC 0,23 0,01 DOL 50 NN HE Auma SA 07.5-E4Edelhoff GPI 1DE2 3 19.08.2008
040 7213FL1.M01 - FLAP 380 3-AC 1,7 0,37 1500 RDOL 50 NN S2 IM 1001 IP 67 IC A 411 F to add ma SD Auma SA 07.5-E4Edelhoff GPI 1CJ1.01 3 16.07.2008
7213FL1.EM01 RECTIFIER MAGNET 220 1-AC 108VA DOL 50 NN IP 54 311-24/4.5 Wagner GPI 2 07.07.2008
040 7213FN1.H01 EL.HEATER 220 1-AC 50 NN HWI 1 30.01.2008
040 7213FN1.M01 ROLLER MILL - FAN 380 3-AC 30 1000 HD 50 NN S1 IM 1001 IP 55 IC A 411 F SC REITZ HWI 1DE2 1 07.02.2008
040 7213LD1.M01 LOUVRE DAMPER FO 380 3-AC 0,12 RDOL 50 NN S4 IM 1001 IP 55 IC A 411 F SD AUMA HWI 1DE2 2 19.05.2008
040 7213RF1.M01 ROTARY FEEDER 380 3-AC 0,85 0,25 10 DOL 50 NN S1 IM 1001 IP 55 IC A 411 F GM GPI 1DE2 3 19.08.2008
040 7213SG1.M01 SHUT OFF GATE 380 3-AC 3,7 RDOL 50 NN S2 IM 1001 IP 54 IC A 411 F SD HWI 1DE2 1 01.02.2008
040 7215BC1.C01 BELT CONVEYOR TH 380 3-AC 7,5 FC 50 NN IP41 FC ABB 1DE2 1 01.02.2008
040 7215BC1.M01 BELT CONVEYOR 380 3-AC 13 5,5 1500 DOL 50 NN S1 IM 1001 IP 55 IC A 411 F SC ABB ABB 7215BC1.C01 1 01.02.2008 3GYN491510
040 7215CA1.C01 BRIDGE CRANE -SW 380 3-AC 50 NN IP 54 HWI 1DE2 1 06.02.2008
040 7215CA1.M01 BRIDGE CRANE -LIF 380 3-AC 50 NN S1 IM 1001 IP 55 IC A 411 F GM HWI 7215CA1.C01 1 01.02.2008
040 7215CA1.M02 BRIDGE CRANE-LIFT 380 3-AC 50 NN S1 IM 1001 IP 55 IC A 411 F GM HWI 7215CA1.C01 1 01.02.2008
040 7215CA1.M03 BRIDGE CRANE TRA 380 3-AC 25 ? 50 NN S1 IM 1001 IP 55 IC A 411 F GM HWI 7215CA1.C01 0 07.12.2007
040 7215SC1.M01 SCREW CONVEYOR 380 3-AC 22,5 11 1500 28 DOL 50 NN S1 IM 1001 IP 55 IC A 411 F GM SEW R137DV160M4 GPI 1DE2 3 16.07.2008
040 7215SC2.M01 SCREW CONVEYOR 380 3-AC 22,5 11 1500 28 RDOL 50 NN S1 IM 1001 IP 55 IC A 411 F GM SEW R137DV160M4 GPI 1DE2 3 16.07.2008
040 7215SM1.C01 CONTROL CAB.-SAM 220 1-AC FF 50 NN IP 54 FF HWI 1DE2 1 01.02.2008
040 7215SM1.M01 SAMPLER 380 3-AC 0,37 DOL 50 NN S1 IM 1001 IP 55 IC A 411 F GM HWI 1DE2 1 30.01.2008
039 7217BF1.C01 BAG FILTER - CONTR 220 1-AC FF 50 NN IP 54 HWI 1DE1 1 11.02.2008
014 7217BF2.C01 BAG FILTER - CONTR 220 1-AC FF 50 NN IP 54 HWI 1DE1 1 29.01.2008
039 7217BF3.C01 BAG FILTER - CONTR 220 1-AC 2,5 0,5 FF 50 NN IP 54 GPI 1DE2 1 30.01.2008
7217BF3.H01-12 ? Hopper-Heating 3x2,2
040 7217FL3.H01 EL.HEATER GP to check 1 30.01.2008
Magnet zur Emergency flap
039 7217FN1.M01 FAN 380 3-AC 30 1500 HD 50 NN S1 IM 1001 IP 55 IC A 411 F SC ABB ABB 1DE1 1 11.02.2008
040 7217FN2.M01 FAN - BAG FILTER 380 3-AC HD 50 NN S1 IM 1001 IP 55 IC A 411 F SC GP 1DE1 1 01.02.2008
040 7217FN3.H01 EL.HEATER 220 1-AC 2,52 50 NN ABB ABB 1DE2 3 19.08.2008
040 7217FN3.M01 FAN - BAG FILTER 6000 3-AC 450 1000 S 50 NN S1 IM 1001 IP 55 IC A 416 F SR ABB ABB 1BN1.05 1 01.02.2008
040 7217LD1.H01 EL.HEATER 220 1-AC 50 NN GPI 1DE2 1 30.01.2008
040 7217LD1.M01 BAG FILTER - LOUVR 380 3-AC 1,4 0,25 1500 RDOL 50 NN S4 IM 1001 IP 55 IC A 411 F GM GPI 1DE2 1 01.02.2008
040 7217LD2.H01 EL.HEATER 220 1-AC DOL 50 NN GP 1DE2 1 01.02.2008
040 7217LD2.M01 BAG FILTER - LOUVR 380 3-AC 1 0,37 RDOL 50 NN S4 IM 1001 IP 55 IC A 411 F tentative GM GPI 1DE2 1 01.02.2008
040 7217LD3.H01 EL.HEATER 220 1-AC DOL 50 NN GP 1DE2 1 01.02.2008
040 7217LD3.M01 LOUVRE DAMPER FO 380 3-AC 1 0,37 RDOL 50 NN S4 IM 1001 IP 55 IC A 411 F tentative SD GPI 1DE2 1 01.02.2008
039 7217RF1.M01 ROTARY FEEDER - B 380 3-AC DOL 50 NN S1 IM 1001 IP 55 IC A 411 F SC HWI 1DE1 1 11.02.2008
039 7217SC1.M01 FILTER EXTRACTING SCREW CONVEYER, DRIVE 2 11.07.2008
014 7217RF3.M01 ROTARY FEEDER - B 380 3-AC 3,55 1,5 21 DOL 50 NN S1 IM 1001 IP 55 IC A 411 F GM GPI 1DE2 1 19.05.2008
040 7217SC2.M01 ROTARY FEEDER - BAG FILTER GP TO CHECK 1 29.01.2008
040 7217SC3.M01 Screw Conveyor 380 3-AC 15,5 7,5 1500 30 DOL 50 NN S1 IM 1001 IP 55 IC A 411 F GM SEW R107DV132M4 GPI 1DE2 3 16.07.2008
040 7217SC4.M01 Screw Conveyor 380 3-AC 18,1 9,2 1500 28 DOL 50 NN S1 IM 1001 IP 55 IC A 411 F GM SEW R137DV132M4 GPI 1DE2 3 16.07.2008
026 7219AG1.M01 Gas Analyser 380 3-AC 3000 HD 50 NN S1 IM 1001 IP 55 IC A 411 F SC ABB 1DE2 2 21.02.2008
026 7219AG1.M02 Gas Analyser 380 3-AC 3000 HD 50 NN S1 IM 1001 IP 55 IC A 411 F SC ABB 1DE2 2 21.02.2008
Page 3
25.03.2009
AL KATRANA KM
AL KATRANA KM
Instrumentation List- Rev. 02 FINAL LIST
alarm alarm_
Flow_ Range_E alarm alarm_ alarm_ alarm_ Supply_se Flow_Sheet manufactur
ID Descr_Comp_EN Descr_System_EN Processing Unit Analog Digital Range_Start _low_ max_ Senor_Typ Transmitter_Typ ID Loc_Dwg Supplier Responsible IOAdress Remark Rev_dat Rev_No
Sheet nd _low max xmax xxmax nsor _ e
low max
7115BC3.G24 009 EMERGENCY SWITCH BELT CONVEYOR GZSA NC x 7115BC3.G24 009 HWI alarm, drive stop 02
7115BC3.G25 009 EMERGENCY SWITCH BELT CONVEYOR GZSA NC x 7115BC3.G25 009 HWI alarm, drive stop 02
7115BC3.G20 009 MISALIGNMENT SWITCH BELT CONVEYOR GZSA NC x 7115BC3.G20 009 HWI alarm, drive stop 0
7115BC3.I01 039 CURRENT INDICATING BELT CONVEYOR IIAHH 4-20mA x 7115BC3.I01 039 HWI alarm 01
7115BC3.I01 039 CURRENT INDICATING BELT CONVEYOR IIAHH 4-20mA x 7115BC3.I01 039 HWI drive stop 01
7115BC3.S01 009 MOTION CONTROL BELT CONVEYOR SSAL NO 0 xx Hz xx Hz 7115BC3.S01 009 HWI alarm, drive stop 0
7115BC2.S02 009 MOTION CONTROL BELT CONVEYOR SIC PA 7115BC2.S02 009 ABB belt speed 0
7115BC2.T01 009 TEMPERATURE MEASUREMENT BELT CONVEYOR-WINDING TISAHH NC 0 xx °C x 7115BC2.T01 009 ABB alarm, drive stop 01
7115BC2.T04 009 TEMPERATURE MEASUREMENT BELT CONVEYOR-FLUID COUPL TISAHH NC 0 xx °C x 7115BC2.T04 009 GP alarm, drive stop 0
7115BC5.I01 039 CURRENT INDICATING BELT CONVEYOR IIAHH 4-20mA x 7115BC5.I01 039 CS alarm 0
7115BC5.I01 039 CURRENT INDICATING BELT CONVEYOR IIAHH 4-20mA x 7115BC5.I01 039 CS drive stop 0
7115BC5.G24 039 EMERGENCY SWITCH BELT CONVEYOR GZSA NC x 7115BC5.G24 039 CS alarm, drive stop 02
7115BC5.G25 039 EMERGENCY SWITCH BELT CONVEYOR GZSA NC x 7115BC5.G25 039 CS alarm, drive stop 02
7115BC5.G20 039 MISALIGNMENT SWITCH BELT CONVEYOR GZSA NC x 7115BC5.G20 039 CS alarm, drive stop 01
7115BC5.G21 039 MISALIGNMENT SWITCH BELT CONVEYOR GZSA NC x 7115BC5.G21 039 CS alarm, drive stop 01
7115BC3.G22 039 MISALIGNMENT SWITCH BELT CONVEYOR GZSH NC x 7115BC3.G22 039 CS alarm, drive stop 0
7115BC3.G23 039 MISALIGNMENT SWITCH BELT CONVEYOR GZSH NC x 7115BC3.G23 039 CS alarm, drive stop 0
7115BC5.S01 039 ZERO SPEED SWITCH BELT CONVEYOR SSAL NO 0 xx Hz xx Hz 7115BC5.S01 039 CS alarm, drive stop 0
7115CH1.G01 009 LIMIT SWITCH DISTRIBUTION GATE GS NO x 20...253VAC/V NBB10-30GM50-WS 7115CH1.G01 009 P&F GPI position to mill 02
7115CH1.G02 009 LIMIT SWITCH DISTRIBUTION GATE GS NO x 20...253VAC/V NBB10-30GM50-WS 7115CH1.G02 009 P&F GPI position to reject box 02
7115MS1.S01 009 MOTION CONTROL METAL SEPARATOR-BELT SSAL NO 5 300 Imp/min x Imp/min DI0001 7115MS1.S01 009 IFM GPI alarm, drive stop 02
7115MT1.X01 009 METAL DETECTOR METAL DETECTOR XSAHHH NC or NO x 7115MT1.X01 009 GPI metal detected relay 1 02
7115MT1.X01 009 METAL DETECTOR METAL DETECTOR XSAHHH NC or NO x 7115MT1.X01 009 GPI metal detected relay 2 02
7115MT1.X01 009 METAL DETECTOR METAL DETECTOR XSAHHH NC or NO x 7115MT1.X01 009 GPI metal detector ready 02
7117BF5.L01 039 LEVEL MEASUREMENT BAG FILTER LSAH NO x 7117BF5.L01 039 HWI alarm 0
7117BF5.P01 040 PRESSURE MEASUREMENT FILTER COMP. AIR SUPPLY PSAL PA 0 xx mbar xx mbar 7117BF5.P01 040 HWI alarm 0
7117BF5.P02 040 PRESSURE DIFFERENCE MEASUREMENTFILTER COMP. AIR SUPPLY PdISAH PA 0 xx mbar xx mbar 7117BF5.P02 040 HWI alarm 0
7117FN5.I01 039 CURRENT INDICATING FAN - BAG FILTER II 7117FN5.I01 039 HWI alarm, stop drive 01
7117RF5.S01 039 ZERO SPEED SWITCH UNDER BAG FILTER SSAL NO 0 xx Hz xx Hz 7117RF5.S01 039 HWI alarm, drive stop 0
7115BC4.G24 039 EMERGENCY SWITCH BELT CONVEYOR GZSA NC 7115BC4.G24 039 HWI alarm, drive stop 02
7115BC4.G25 039 EMERGENCY SWITCH BELT CONVEYOR GZSA NC 7115BC4.G25 039 HWI alarm, drive stop 02
7115BC4.G20 039 MISALIGNMENT SWITCH BELT CONVEYOR GZSA NC 7115BC4.G20 039 HWI alarm, drive stop 01
7115BC4.G21 039 MISALIGNMENT SWITCH BELT CONVEYOR GZSA NC 7115BC4.G21 039 HWI alarm, drive stop 01
7115BC4.I01 039 CURRENT IDICATING BELT CONVEYOR IIAHH 4-20mA x 7115BC4.I01 039 HWI alarm 01
7115BC4.I01 039 CURRENT IDICATING BELT CONVEYOR IIAHH 4-20mA x 7115BC4.I01 039 HWI drive stop 01
7115BC4.S01 039 MOTION CONTROL BELT CONVEYOR SSAL 7115BC4.S01 039 HWI 01
7211FB1.L01 039 LEVEL MEASUREMENT FEED BIN LSAH NC x 7211FB1.L01 039 ABB stop filling 01
7211FB1.L02 039 LEVEL MEASUREMENT FEED BIN LSAL NC x 7211FB1.L02 039 ABB alarm 01
7211FB1.W01 039 WEIGHT MEASUREMENT FEED BIN (LOAD CELL) WISAHL PA x 7211FB1.W01 039 HWI alarm 0
7211FB1.W01 039 WEIGHT MEASUREMENT FEED BIN (LOAD CELL) WISAHL PA x 7211FB1.W01 039 HWI stop pre-feed 0
7211FB2.L01 039 LEVEL MEASUREMENT FEED BIN LSAH NC x 7211FB2.L01 039 ABB 0
7211FB2.L02 039 LEVEL MEASUREMENT FEED BIN LSAL NC x 7211FB2.L02 039 01
7211FB2.W01 039 WEIGHT MEASUREMENT FEED BIN (LOAD CELL) WISAHL PA x 7211FB2.W01 039 HWI alarm 0
7211FB2.W01 039 WEIGHT MEASUREMENT FEED BIN (LOAD CELL) WISAHL PA x 7211FB2.W01 039 HWI stop pre-feed 0
7211WF0.F01 039 RATIO CONTROL WEIGHBELT FEEDER (WF1-WF2 FICRQ PA 7211WF0.F01 039 CS 0
7211WF1.F01 039 FLOW RATE WEIGHBELT FEEDER FICRQ Profibus DP 7211WF1.F01 039 Schenck Ind GPI operation feedback 02
7211WF1.F=1 039 SETPOINT FEED RATE WEIGHBELT FEEDER SETPOINT 4-20mA Profibus DP 7211WF1.F=1 039 GPI setpoint from PLC 02
7211WF2.F01 039 FLOW RATE WEIGHBELT FEEDER FICRQ Profibus DP 7211WF2.F01 039 Schenck Ind GPI operation feedback 02
7211WF2.F=1 039 SETPOINT FEED RATE WEIGHBELT FEEDER SETPOINT 4-20mA Profibus DP 7211WF2.F=1 039 GPI setpoint from PLC 02
7212EX1.G01 040 LIMIT SWITCH EXPLOSION VENT POSITION, F GS 2NO+2NC x MK 461-22y K 7212EX1.G01 040 Schmersal GPI plant, start permison and inertisation 02
7211FN1.I01 040 CURRENT MEASUREMENT ROLLER MILL - SEALING AIR FA IISHL 4-20mA 0 20A x 7211FN1.I01 040 CS stop classifier and mill 01
7211FN1.I01 040 CURRENT MEASUREMENT ROLLER MILL - SEALING AIR FA IISHL 4-20mA 0 20A x 7211FN1.I01 040 CS stop classifier and mill 01
7211FN1.J01 040 POWER MEASUREMENT ROLLER MILL - SEALING AIR FA JISHL 4-20mA 0 ...kW x 7211FN1.J01 040 CS stop classifier and mill 01
7211FN1.J01 040 POWER MEASUREMENT ROLLER MILL - SEALING AIR FA JISHL 4-20mA 0 ...kW x 7211FN1.J01 040 CS stop classifier and mill 01
7211FN1.P01 040 PRESSURE MEASUREMENT PRESSURE MEASUREMENT PSALL NC 0 100mbar 0,7x(A) Cerabar T PMC 131-A15F1_D10 + RTA 421-A32A 7211FN1.P01 040 E+H GP (A)= nominal pressure 02
7211FN1.P01 040 PRESSURE MEASUREMENT PRESSURE MEASUREMENT PSALL NC 0 100mbar 0,5x(A) 7211FN1.P01 040 GP (A)= nominal pressure 01
7211FN1.P04 040 PRESSURE MEASUREMENT PRESSURE MEASUREMENT PSALL NC 0 100mbar 0,7x(A) Ceraphat T PTC 31-A4B1-1CAE1A 7211FN1.P04 040 E+H GP (A)= nominal pressure 02
7211GB1.T01 040 TEMPERATURE MEASUREMENT ROLLER MILL -LUBRCATION- GE TISAHHH 4-20mA 0 100°C 15°C 4..20 mA loop F 6100-4 M 7211GB1.T01 040 GP start mill drive 01
7211GB1.T01 040 TEMPERATURE MEASUREMENT ROLLER MILL -LUBRCATION- GE TISAHHH 4-20mA 0 100°C 80°C 4..20 mA loop F 6100-4 M 7211GB1.T01 040 GP alarm 01
7211GB1.T01 040 TEMPERATURE MEASUREMENT ROLLER MILL -LUBRCATION- GE TISAHHH 4-20mA 0 100°C 85°C 4..20 mA loop F 6100-4 M 7211GB1.T01 040 GP stop mill drive 01
7211GB1.T02 040 TEMPERATURE MEASUREMENT ROLLER MILL -LUBRCATION- GE TISAHH 4-20mA 0 100°C 75°C 4..20 mA loop F 6100-3M 7211GB1.T02 040 GP alarm 01
7211GB1.T02 040 TEMPERATURE MEASUREMENT ROLLER MILL -LUBRCATION- GE TISAHH 4-20mA 0 100°C 80°C 4..20 mA loop F 6100-3M 7211GB1.T02 040 GP stop mill drive 01
7211GB1.T03 040 TEMPERATURE MEASUREMENT ROLLER MILL -LUBRCATION- GE TISAHHL 4-20mA 0 100°C 20°C 4..20 mA loop F 6100-3M 7211GB1.T03 040 GP heater on, pump on 01
Heribert Loosen T-CAP

Tel. 0221-6504-1347 sheet 1 of 7 RM KM/ Fa. Pfeiffer
25.03.2009
AL KATRANA KM
AL KATRANA KM
alarm alarm_
low max
7211GB1.T03 040 TEMPERATURE MEASUREMENT ROLLER MILL -LUBRCATION- GE TISAHHL 4-20mA 0 100°C 5°C 4..20 mA loop F 6100-3M 7211GB1.T03 040 GP start pump 02
7211GB1.T03 040 TEMPERATURE MEASUREMENT ROLLER MILL -LUBRCATION- GE TISAHHL 4-20mA 0 100°C 26°C 4..20 mA loop F 6100-3M 7211GB1.T03 040 GP heater off, pump off 01
7211GB1.T04 040 TEMPERATURE MEASUREMENT LUBRICATION -GB -SUPPLY SEC TSH 4-20mA 0 100°C 40°C 4..20 mA loop F 6100-3M 7211GB1.T04 040 GP heater off 01
7211HD1.G01 040 POSITION MONITORING ROLLER MILL-HYDRAULIC DRIV GISAHHHL 4-20mA 0 500mm x 24 VDC TEMPOSSONICS LD-S-B-R-PT-02-M0500-2-AO 7211HD1.G01 040 MTS GP/HYDAC alarm 02
7211HD1.G01 040 POSITION MONITORING ROLLER MILL-HYDRAULIC DRIV GISAHHHL 4-20mA 0 500mm x 24 VDC TEMPOSSONICS LD-S-B-R-PT-02-M0500-2-AO 7211HD1.G01 040 MTS GP/HYDAC stop lifting 02
7211HD1.G01 040 POSITION MONITORING ROLLER MILL-HYDRAULIC DRIV GISAHHHL 4-20mA 0 500mm x 24 VDC TEMPOSSONICS LD-S-B-R-PT-02-M0500-2-AO 7211HD1.G01 040 MTS GP/HYDAC open valves 28 02
7211HD1.L01 040 LEVEL MONITORING OIL TANK HYDRAULIC DRIVE LSALL NC 0 280mm 160 AN26-37.2/2 (SB 40) 7211HD1.L01 040 BUNA GP/HYDAC alarm 02
7211HD1.L01 040 LEVEL MONITORING OIL TANK HYDRAULIC DRIVE LSALL NC 0 280mm 210 AN26-37.2/2 (SB 40) 7211HD1.L02 040 BUNA GP/HYDAC no start mill a. pump 02
7211HD1.P01 040 PRESSURE MEASUREMENT ROLLER MILL-TENSION HYDRAU PISALL NC 0 450 bar 1,3xp0 EDS 1791-P-600-009 7211HD1.P01 040 HYDAC GP/HYDAC alarm 01
7211HD1.P01 040 PRESSURE MEASUREMENT ROLLER MILL-TENSION HYDRAU PISALL NC 0 450 bar 1,15xp0 EDS 1791-P-600-009 7211HD1.P02 040 HYDAC GP/HYDAC stop mill 01
7211HD1.P02 040 PRESSURE MEASUREMENT ROLLER MILL-TENSION HYDRAU PIRCSAHL 4-20mA 0 450 bar p1-10 24 VDC EDS 1791-P-600-009 7211HD1.P03 040 HYDAC GP/HYDAC pump on 01
7211HD1.P02 040 PRESSURE MEASUREMENT ROLLER MILL-TENSION HYDRAU PIRCSAHL 4-20mA 0 450 bar p1 24 VDC EDS 1791-P-600-009 7211HD1.P03 040 HYDAC GP/HYDAC pump off 01
7211HD1.P=1 040 SETPOINT OPERATION PRESSURE ROLLER MILL-TENSION HYDRAU SETPOINT 7211HD1.P=1 040 CS 02
7211HD1.P03 040 OPERATION PRESSURE MEASUREMENT ROLLER MILL-TENSION HYDRAUPIRSAHHHHL 4-20mA 0 450 bar 10 bar 24 VDC EDS 1791-P-600-009 7211HD1.P03 040 HYDAC GP/HYDAC h to tensioning mode after lowering 01
7211HD1.P03 040 OPERATION PRESSURE MEASUREMENT ROLLER MILL-TENSION HYDRAUPIRSAHHHHL 4-20mA 0 450 bar 8 bar 24 VDC EDS 1791-P-600-009 7211HD1.P03 040 HYDAC GP/HYDAC pump off 02
7211HD1.P03 040 OPERATION PRESSURE MEASUREMENT ROLLER MILL-TENSION HYDRAUPIRSAHHHHL 4-20mA 0 450 bar 30 bar 24 VDC EDS 1791-P-600-009 7211HD1.P03 040 HYDAC GP/HYDAC close bybass 01
7211HD1.P04 040 PRESSURE DIFFERENCE MEASUREMENTROLLER MILL-HYDRAULIC DRIV PdAH NC x VD 5 D.0 / L24 7211HD1.P04 040 HYDAC GP/HYDAC alarm 01
7211HD1.X01 009 LOCAL SERVICE OPERATION ROLLER MILL-TENSION HYDRAU XSH 24 V output DCS lamp local 7211HD1.X01 009 HYDAC GP/HYDAC ready for local operation lamp local 02
7211HD1.X02 009 LOCAL SERVICE OPERATION ROLLER MILL-TENSION HYDRAUXSHHHHHH NC or NO local switch 7211HD1.X02 009 HYDAC GP/HYDAC local/ remote operation local switch 02
7211HD1.X02 009 LOCAL SERVICE OPERATION ROLLER MILL-TENSION HYDRAUXSHHHHHH NC or NO local switch 7211HD1.X02 009 HYDAC GP/HYDAC lift grinding rollers local switch 02
7211HD1.X02 009 LOCAL SERVICE OPERATION ROLLER MILL-TENSION HYDRAUXSHHHHHH NC or NO local switch 7211HD1.X02 009 HYDAC GP/HYDAC lift pressure frame local switch 02
7211HD1.X02 009 LOCAL SERVICE OPERATION ROLLER MILL-TENSION HYDRAUXSHHHHHH NC or NO local switch 7211HD1.X02 009 HYDAC GP/HYDAC lower rollers and frame local switch 02
7211HD1.X02 009 LOCAL SERVICE OPERATION ROLLER MILL-TENSION HYDRAUXSHHHHHH NC or NO local switch 7211HD1.X02 009 HYDAC GP/HYDAC stop lift local switch 02
7211HD1.X02 009 LOCAL SERVICE OPERATION ROLLER MILL-TENSION HYDRAUXSHHHHHH NC or NO local switch 7211HD1.X02 009 HYDAC GP/HYDAC build up tension pressure local switch 02
7211HD1.X03 009 SUPPLY 24VDC ROLLER MILL-TENSION HYDRAU XSH NO output signal of transformer 7211HD1.X03 009 HYDAC GP/HYDAC hydraulic ready 02
7212HD1.T01 040 TEMPERATURE MEASUREMENT RM - OIL PRESSURE FRAME BU TIRSAHH 7212HD1.T01 040 0
7212HD1.T02 040 TEMPERATURE MEASUREMENT RM - OIL PRESSURE FRAME BU TIRSAHH 7212HD1.T02 040 0
7212HD1.T03 040 TEMPERATURE MEASUREMENT RM - OIL PRESSURE FRAME BU TIRSALH 7212HD1.T03 040 0
7211LQ1.F01 040 FLOW CONTROL LUBRICATION - GEAR BOX FISALL 4-20mA 0 155l/min 105l/min 4..20 mA loop W 5927 7211LQ1.F01 040 GP stop mill drive 02
7211LQ1.F01 040 FLOW CONTROL LUBRICATION - GEAR BOX FISALL 4-20mA 0 155l/min 120l/min 4..20 mA loop W 5927 7211LQ1.F01 040 GP alarm 02
7211LQ1.G01 040 LIMIT SWITCH - OPEN LUBRICATION GB - COOLING WA GS NO X 20..240VDCXS6-18B1MAL5 7211LQ1.G01 040 GP release mill & pumps 02
7211LQ1.G02 040 LIMIT SWITCH - CLOSED LUBRICATION GB - COOLING WA GS NO X 20..240VDCXS6-18B1MAL5 7211LQ1.G02 040 GP alarm 02
7211LQ1.P01 040 PRESSURE DIFFERENCE MEASUREMENTLUBRICATION GB -FILTER CONT PdAH 0 3bar 2 bar 50.25.2.F2 7211LQ1.P01 040 GP alarm 01
7211LQ1.P02 040 PRESSURE MEASUREMENT- OIL LUBRICATION GB -PRESSURE B PISALL 0 10bar 0,8 bar 4..20 mA loop MBS 3050-2011-5GB04 7211LQ1.P02 040 GP alarm 01
7211LQ1.P02 040 PRESSURE MEASUREMENT- OIL LUBRICATION GB -PRESSURE B PISALL 0 10bar 0,5 bar 4..20 mA loop MBS 3050-2011-5GB04 7211LQ1.P02 040 GP stop mill drive 01
7212LQ1.P04 040 PRESSURE MEASUREMENT- OIL LUBRICATION GEAR BOX PSALL 7212LQ1.P04 040 0
7212LQ1.P05 040 PRESSURE MEASUREMENT- OIL LUBRICATION GB - OIL PRESSU PSAL 7212LQ1.P05 040 0
7212LQ1.P10 040 PRESSURE MEASUREMENT- OIL LUBRICATION GB -AT THRUST B PSAHHLL 7212LQ1.P10 040 0
7211LQ1.T01 040 TEMPERATURE MEASUREMENT LUBRICATION GB -OIL TEMPER TISAHHH 4-20mA 0 100°C 30°C 4..20 mA loop F 6100- 3 M 7211LQ1.T01 040 GP relase PDAH 01
7211LQ1.T01 040 TEMPERATURE MEASUREMENT LUBRICATION GB -OIL TEMPER TISAHHH 4-20mA 0 100°C 60°C 4..20 mA loop F 6100- 3 M 7211LQ1.T01 040 GP alarm 01
7211LQ1.T01 040 TEMPERATURE MEASUREMENT LUBRICATION GB -OIL TEMPER TISAHHH 4-20mA 0 100°C 65°C 4..20 mA loop F 6100- 3 M 7211LQ1.T01 040 GP stop mill drive 01
7212LQ1.T02 040 TEMPERATURE MEASUREMENT LUBRICATION - GB -OIL TEMPER TISAHHHL 7212LQ1.T02 040 0
7212LQ1.T03 040 TEMPERATURE MEASUREMENT LUBRICATION -GB -SUPPLY SEC TSH 7212LQ1.T03 040 0
7212LQ3.L01 040 LEVEL MESSURMENT RAW MILL SEPARATOR -GEAR B LSAL 7212LQ3.L01 040 0
7212LQ3.P01 040 PRESSURE DIFFERENCE MEASUREMENTRAW MILL SEPARATOR -GEAR B PdIAH 7212LQ3.P01 040 0
7212LQ3.T01 040 TEMPERATUR MESSURMENT RAW MILL SEPARATOR -GEAR B TISAHHHLL 7212LQ3.T01 040 0
7211MD1.I01 040 POWER MEASUREMENT ROLLER MILL - MAIN DRIVE IISAHHL PA 0 …A x 7211MD1.I01 040 CS/ABB alarm 01
7211MD1.I01 040 POWER MEASUREMENT ROLLER MILL - MAIN DRIVE IISAHHL PA 0 …A x 7211MD1.I01 040 CS/ABB alarm 01
7211MD1.I01 040 POWER MEASUREMENT ROLLER MILL - MAIN DRIVE IISAHHL PA 0 …A x 7211MD1.I01 040 CS/ABB stop mill drive 01
7211MD1.J01 040 POWER MEASUREMENT ROLLER MILL - MAIN DRIVE JISAHHL PA 0 …kW x 7211MD1.J01 040 CS/ABB alarm 01
7211MD1.J01 040 POWER MEASUREMENT ROLLER MILL - MAIN DRIVE JISAHHL PA 0 …kW x 7211MD1.J01 040 CS/ABB alarm 01
7211MD1.J01 040 POWER MEASUREMENT ROLLER MILL - MAIN DRIVE JISAHHL PA 0 …kW x 7211MD1.J01 040 CS/ABB stop mill drive 01
7211MD1.T01 040 TEMPERATURE MEASUREMENT ROLLER MILL - MAIN DRIVE- WIN TISAHH 0 ..°C x°C PT100 7211MD1.T01 040 CS/ABB alarm 01
7211MD1.T01 040 TEMPERATURE MEASUREMENT ROLLER MILL - MAIN DRIVE- WIN TISAHH 0 ..°C x°C PT100 7211MD1.T01 040 CS/ABB stop mill drive 01

25.03.2009
AL KATRANA KM
AL KATRANA KM
alarm alarm_
low max
7211MD1.T07 040 TEMPERATURE MEASUREMENT ROLLER MILL - MAIN DRIVE- BEA TISAHH 0 ..°C x°C PT100 7211MD1.T07 040 CS/ABB alarm 02
7211MD1.T07 040 TEMPERATURE MEASUREMENT ROLLER MILL - MAIN DRIVE- BEA TISAHH 0 ..°C x°C PT100 7211MD1.T07 040 CS/ABB stop mill drive 02
7211MD1.T08 040 TEMPERATURE MEASUREMENT ROLLER MILL - MAIN DRIVE- BEA TISAHH 0 ..°C x°C PT100 7211MD1.T08 040 CS/ABB alarm 02
7211MD1.T08 040 TEMPERATURE MEASUREMENT ROLLER MILL - MAIN DRIVE- BEA TISAHH 0 ..°C x°C PT100 7211MD1.T08 040 CS/ABB stop mill drive 02
7211MD1.T09 040 TEMPERATURE MEASUREMENT ROLLER MILL - MAIN DRIVE- DIA TISAH 0 ..°C x°C 220 VAC 7211MD1.T09 040 CS/ABB 02
7211MD1.T10 040 TEMPERATURE MEASUREMENT ROLLER MILL - MAIN DRIVE- DIA TISAH 0 ..°C x°C 220 VAC 7211MD1.T10 040 CS/ABB 02
7211MD1.T11 040 TEMPERATURE MEASUREMENT ROLLER MILL - SERVICE AUXILA TSH 0 ..°C x°C 3 x PTC 7211MD1.T11 040 FLENDER GP/FLENDER stop mill drive 02
7211MD1.G11 040 LIMIT SWITCH - CLOSED ROLLER MILL - SERVICE AUXILA GSH NC x 0 - 240VAC/XS6-18B1MBL2 7211MD1.G11 040 TELEMECANIQGP/FLENDER release service drive 02
7211MD1.X01 040 VIBRATION MEASUREMENT ROLLER MILL, MAIN DRIVE XISAHH 4…20mA 0 10mm/s ..mm/s 220VAC 7211MD1.X01 040 CS/ABB rm = S normal operation + 1mm/s 02
7211MD1.X01 040 VIBRATION MEASUREMENT ROLLER MILL, MAIN DRIVE XISAHH 4…20mA 0 10mm/s ..mm/s 220VAC 7211MD1.X01 040 CS/ABB ll drive = S normal operation + 2mm/s 02
7211MD1.X02 040 VIBRATION MEASUREMENT ROLLER MILL, MAIN DRIVE XISAHH 4…20mA 0 10mm/s ..mm/s 220VAC 7211MD1.X02 040 CS/ABB rm = S normal operation + 1mm/s 02
7211MD1.X02 040 VIBRATION MEASUREMENT ROLLER MILL, MAIN DRIVE XISAHH 4…20mA 0 10mm/s ..mm/s 220VAC 7211MD1.X02 040 CS/ABB fan drive = S normal operation + 2mm/s 02
7211MD1.X03 040 VIBRATION MEASUREMENT ROLLER MILL, MAIN DRIVE XSAH NC 220VAC 7211MD1.X03 040 CS/ABB ok relais 02
7211RF1.S01 040 MOTION CONTROL ROTARY FEEDER SSAL NO 5 300 Imp/min x Imp/min DI0001 7211RF1.S01 040 IFM GP alarm, drive stop 02
7212RM1.F01 040 FLOW CONTROL ROLLER MILL-HYDRAULIC DRIV FSAL 7212RM1.F01 040 0
7212RM1.P01 040 PRESSURE DIFFERENCE MEASUREMENTROLLER MILL - INLET / OUTLET PdICSAHL PA 0 60bar x bar 7212RM1.P01 040 ABB alarm 0
7212RM1.P01 040 PRESSURE DIFFERENCE MEASUREMENTROLLER MILL - INLET / OUTLET PdICSAHL PA 0 60bar x bar 7212RM1.P01 040 ABB alarm 0
7212RM1.P02 040 PRESSURE MEASUREMENT ROLLER MILL-ROLLER MILL - AH PIRCSAHHL PA -20 +5mbar x mbar 7212RM1.P02 040 ABB alarm 0
7212RM1.P02 040 PRESSURE MEASUREMENT ROLLER MILL-ROLLER MILL - AH PIRCSAHHL PA -20 +5mbar x mbar 7212RM1.P02 040 ABB - 2mbar alarm 0
7212RM1.P02 040 PRESSURE MEASUREMENT ROLLER MILL-ROLLER MILL - AH PIRCSAHHL PA -20 +5mbar x mbar 7212RM1.P02 040 ABB +/- 0mbar stop mill main drive 0
7212RM1.T01 040 TEMPERATURE MEASUREMENT ROLLER MILL - INLET DUCT GAS TISAHH PA 0 400°C x°C PT100 7212RM1.T01 040 ABB alarm 01
7212RM1.T01 040 TEMPERATURE MEASUREMENT ROLLER MILL - INLET DUCT GAS TISAHH PA 0 400°C x°C PT100 7212RM1.T01 040 ABB e hot gas damper, stop hot gas fan 01
7212RM1.T02 040 TEMPERATURE MEASUREMENT ROLLER MILL - INLET DUCT GAS TIRCSAHHL PA 0 150°C x°C PT100 7212RM1.T02 040 ABB relase mill 0
7212RM1.T02 040 TEMPERATURE MEASUREMENT ROLLER MILL - INLET DUCT GAS TIRCSAHHL PA 0 150°C x°C PT100 7212RM1.T02 040 ABB close hot gas damper, stop hot gas fan 0
7212RM1.T02 040 TEMPERATURE MEASUREMENT ROLLER MILL - INLET DUCT GAS TIRCSAHHL PA 0 150°C x°C PT100 7212RM1.T02 040 ABB stop mill main drive 0
7212RM1.T03 040 TEMPERATURE FILTER BAG FILTER T 0 xxx °C PT100 7212RM1.T03 040 ABB 02
7211GB1.X01 040 VIBRATION MEASUREMENT ROLLER MILL, GEAR INPUT SHA XIR 4…20mA 0 10mm/s 220VAC VS 069 VIBROCONTROL 920 7211GB1.X01 040 BRUEL & KJAE GP rm = S normal operation + 1mm/s 02
7211GB1.X02 040 VIBRATION MEASUREMENT ROLLER MILL, GEAR INPUT SHA XSAHHH NC 0 10mm/s ..mm/s 220VAC VIBROCONTROL 920 7211GB1.X02 040 BRUEL & KJAE GP ll drive = S normal operation + 2mm/s 02
7211GB1.X03 040 VIBRATION MEASUREMENT ROLLER MILL, GEAR INPUT SHA XSAHHH NC 0 10mm/s ..mm/s 220VAC VIBROCONTROL 920 7211GB1.X03 040 BRUEL & KJAE GP ok relais 02
7211GB1.X04 040 VIBRATION MEASUREMENT ROLLER MILL, GEAR INPUT SHA XSAHHH NC 0 10mm/s ..mm/s 220VAC VIBROCONTROL 920 7211GB1.X04 040 BRUEL & KJAE GP rm = S normal operation + 1mm/s 02
7211GB1.X05 040 VIBRATION MEASUREMENT ROLLER MILL, GEAR INPUT SHA XSAH NC 0 10mm/s ..mm/s 220VAC VIBROCONTROL 920 7211GB1.X05 040 BRUEL & KJAE GP ll drive = S normal operation + 2mm/s 02
7211SG1.G01 040 LIMIT SWITCH SHUT OFF GATE, OUTLETBOX GS NO x Ni M18 AZ 3X 7211SG1.G01 040 JAYASHREE GP interlocking 01
7211SG1.G02 040 LIMIT SWITCH SHUT OFF GATE, OUTLETBOX GS NO x Ni M18 AZ 3X 7211SG1.G02 040 JAYASHREE GP interlocking 01
7211SR1.I01 040 CURRENT MEASUREMENT ROLLER MILL - SEPARATOR DR ISAHL PA 0 ..A xA 7211SR1.I01 040 ABB interlocking 01
7211SR1.I01 040 CURRENT MEASUREMENT ROLLER MILL - SEPARATOR DR ISAHL PA 0 ..A xA 7211SR1.I01 040 ABB alarm 01
7211SR1.J01 040 POWER MEASUREMENT ROLLER MILL - SEPARATOR DR JSAHL PA 0 …Kw x Kw 7211SR1.J01 040 ABB interlocking 01
7211SR1.J01 040 POWER MEASUREMENT ROLLER MILL - SEPARATOR DR JSAHL PA 0 …Kw x Kw 7211SR1.J01 040 ABB alarm 01
7211SR1.S01 040 SPEED CONTROL RM -SEPARATOR_THYRISTOR C SICAH PA 0 2200 1/min x 1/min 7211SR1.S01 040 ABB interlocking 01
7211SR1.T01 040 WINDING TEMPERATURE MEASUREMENTROLLER MILL - SEPARATOR MO TSAH NC 0 140 °C x°C 7211SR1.T01 040 SEW GP alarm included in drive, evaluation by FC 02
7211SR1.T02 040 TEMPERATURE MEASUREMENT ROLLER MILL - SEPARATOR MO TISAHH PT100 0 210°C 80°C 10…35VDC 90.2820.Ex… TMT 181-A 7211SR1.T02 040 E & H/ JUMO GP alarm 01
7211SR1.T02 040 TEMPERATURE MEASUREMENT ROLLER MILL - SEPARATOR MO TISAHH PT100 0 210°C 90°C 10…35VDC 90.2820.Ex… TMT 181-A 7211SR1.T02 040 E & H/ JUMO GP stop classifier drive 01
7211SR1.T03 040 TEMPERATURE MEASUREMENT ROLLER MILL - SEPARATOR MO TISAHH PT100 0 210°C 110°C 10…35VDC 90.2820.Ex… TMT 181-A 7211SR1.T03 040 E & H/ JUMO GP alarm 01
7211SR1.T03 040 TEMPERATURE MEASUREMENT ROLLER MILL - SEPARATOR MO TISAHH PT100 0 210°C 130°C 10…35VDC 90.2820.Ex… TMT 181-A 7211SR1.T03 040 E & H/ JUMO GP stop classifier drive 01
7211WI1.F01 040 FLOW MONITORING WATER INJECTION-WATER PUM FICAL NO 0 5,0 m 3/h 0,1m 3/h PROMAG 10 W 32-UA0A1 AA0A4AA 7211WI1.F01 040 E&H GP stop pump 01
7211WP1.I01 040 CURRENT MEASUREMENT WATER INJECTION-WATER PUM IISH 0 ..A xA 7211WP1.I01 040 CS stop drive 02
7211WP2.I01 040 CURRENT MEASUREMENT WATER INJECTION-WATER PUM IISH 0 ..A xA 7211WP1.I01 040 CS stop drive 02
7211WP1.L01 040 LEVEL MONITORING WATER INJECTION - WATER TAN LSAHHL NC x 220VAC LIQUIPOINT T FTW 31 2x NIVOTESTER FTW 325B2A1A 7211WP1.L01 040 E&H GP stop pump 01
7211WP1.L01 040 LEVEL MONITORING WATER INJECTION - WATER TAN LSAHHL NC x 220VAC LIQUIPOINT T FTW 31 2x NIVOTESTER FTW 325B2A1A 7211WP1.L01 040 E&H GP start pump 01
7211WP1.L01 040 LEVEL MONITORING WATER INJECTION - WATER TAN LSAHHL NC x 220VAC LIQUIPOINT T FTW 31 2x NIVOTESTER FTW 325B2A1A 7211WP1.L01 040 E&H GP stop pump 01
7211WI1.P01 040 PRESSURE MEASUREMENT WATER INJECTION - COMPR.AIR PAL NC 0,6 10bar 1,0bar NAUTILUS XML-A010-S11 7211WI1.P01 040 SQUARE D GP alarm 01
7211WI1.P02 040 PRESSURE MEASUREMENT WATER INJECTION - COMPR.AIR PAL NC 0,6 10bar 3,0bar NAUTILUS XML-A010-S11 7211WI1.P02 040 SQUARE D GP alarm 01
7211WP1.S=1 040 SPEED SETPOINT WATER INJECTION-WATER PUM SETPOINT DP 7211WP1.S=1 039 CS setpoint from PLC 02
7211WP2.S=1 040 SPEED SETPOINT WATER INJECTION-WATER PUM SETPOINT DP 7211WP2.S=1 039 CS setpoint from PLC 02
7211WP1.S01 040 SPEED CONTROL WATER INJECTION-WATER PUM SIC DP 0 100% 7211WP1.S01 040 GP pump speed 02
7211WP2.S01 040 SPEED CONTROL WATER INJECTION-WATER PUM SIC DP 0 100% 7211WP1.S01 040 GP pump speed 02
7211WP1.T01 040 TEMPERATURE MEASUREMENT WATER INJECTION-WATER PUM TSAHH 4…20mA 0 100°C x °C 7211WP1.T01 040 NETZSCH GP alarm 02
7211WP1.T01 040 TEMPERATURE MEASUREMENT WATER INJECTION-WATER PUM TSAHH 4…20mA 0 100°C x °C 7211WP1.T01 040 NETZSCH GP stop pump drive 02
7211WP2.T01 040 TEMPERATURE MEASUREMENT WATER INJECTION-WATER PUM TSAHH 4…20mA 0 100°C x °C 7211WP2.T01 040 NETZSCH GP alarm redundancy 02
7211WP2.T01 040 TEMPERATURE MEASUREMENT WATER INJECTION-WATER PUM TSAHH 4…20mA 0 100°C x °C 7211WP2.T01 040 NETZSCH GP stop pump drive redundancy 02
7213CN1.L01 040 LEVEL MEASURMENT - HIGH CYKLONE LSH NC x 7213CN1.L01 040 HWI stop filling 0
7213FN1.J01 040 POWER MEASUREMENT HOT GAS FAN DRIVE JISAHH PA 0 …kW x 7213FN1.J01 040 CS/ABB alarm 0
7213FN1.J01 040 POWER MEASUREMENT HOT GAS FAN DRIVE JISAHH PA 0 …kW x 7213FN1.J01 040 CS/ABB stop fan drive 0
7213FN1.T01 040 TEMPERATURE MEASUREMENT HOT GAS FAN DRIVE- WINDING TISAHH 0 ..°C x°C PT100 7213FN1.T01 040 CS/ABB alarm 02
7213FN1.T01 040 TEMPERATURE MEASUREMENT HOT GAS FAN DRIVE- WINDING TISAHH 0 ..°C x°C PT100 7213FN1.T01 040 CS/ABB stop fan drive 02
7213FN1.T04 040 TEMPERATURE MEASUREMENT HOT GAS FAN DRIVE- BEARING TISAHH 0 ..°C x°C PT100 7213FN1.T04 040 CS/ABB alarm 02
7213FN1.T04 040 TEMPERATURE MEASUREMENT HOT GAS FAN DRIVE- BEARING TISAHH 0 ..°C x°C PT100 7213FN1.T04 040 CS/ABB stop fan drive 02
7213FN1.T05 040 TEMPERATURE MEASUREMENT HOT GAS FAN DRIVE- BEARING TISAHH 0 ..°C x°C PT100 7213FN1.T05 040 CS/ABB alarm 02
7213FN1.T05 040 TEMPERATURE MEASUREMENT HOT GAS FAN DRIVE- BEARING TISAHH 0 ..°C x°C PT100 7213FN1.T05 040 CS/ABB stop fan drive 02
7213FN1.T01 040 TEMPERATURE MEASUREMENT HOT GAS FAN - BEARING B TISAHH 0 ..°C x°C PT100 7213FN1.T01 040 CS/ABB alarm 0
7213FN1.T01 040 TEMPERATURE MEASUREMENT HOT GAS FAN - BEARING B TISAHH 0 ..°C x°C PT100 7213FN1.T01 040 CS/ABB stop fan drive 0
7213FN1.T02 040 TEMPERATURE MEASUREMENT HOT GAS FAN - BEARING B TISAHH 0 ..°C x°C PT100 7213FN1.T02 040 CS/ABB alarm 0

25.03.2009
AL KATRANA KM
AL KATRANA KM
alarm alarm_
low max
7213FN1.T02 040 TEMPERATURE MEASUREMENT HOT GAS FAN - BEARING B TISAHH 0 ..°C x°C PT100 7213FN1.T02 040 CS/ABB stop fan drive 0
7213FN1.X01 040 VIBRATION MEASUREMENT HOT GAS FAN DRIVE XIRAH 4…20mA 0 10mm/s ..mm/s 7213FN1.X01 040 CS/ABB rm = S normal operation + 1mm/s 02
7213FN1.X02 040 VIBRATION MEASUREMENT HOT GAS FAN DRIVE XSAHH NC 0 10mm/s ..mm/s 7213FN1.X02 040 CS/ABB ll drive = S normal operation + 2mm/s 02
7213FN1.X03 040 VIBRATION MEASUREMENT HOT GAS FAN DRIVE XSAHH NC 0 10mm/s ..mm/s 7213FN1.X03 040 CS/ABB ok relais 02
7213FN1.X04 040 VIBRATION MEASUREMENT HOT GAS FAN DRIVE XIRAH 4…20mA 0 10mm/s ..mm/s 7213FN1.X04 040 CS/ABB rm = S normal operation + 1mm/s 02
7213FN1.X05 040 VIBRATION MEASUREMENT HOT GAS FAN DRIVE XSAH NC 0 10mm/s ..mm/s 7213FN1.X05 040 CS/ABB ll drive = S normal operation + 2mm/s 02
7213FN1.X06 040 VIBRATION MEASUREMENT HOT GAS FAN XIRAH 4…20mA 0 10mm/s ..mm/s 7213FN1.X06 040 CS/ABB rm = S normal operation + 1mm/s 02
7213FN1.X07 040 VIBRATION MEASUREMENT HOT GAS FAN XSAHH NC 0 10mm/s ..mm/s 7213FN1.X07 040 CS/ABB ll drive = S normal operation + 2mm/s 02
7213FN1.X08 040 VIBRATION MEASUREMENT HOT GAS FAN XSAHH NC 0 10mm/s ..mm/s 7213FN1.X08 040 CS/ABB ok relais 02
7213FN1.X09 040 VIBRATION MEASUREMENT HOT GAS FAN XIRAH 4…20mA 0 10mm/s ..mm/s 7213FN1.X09 040 CS/ABB rm = S normal operation + 1mm/s 02
7213FN1.X10 040 VIBRATION MEASUREMENT HOT GAS FAN XSAH NC 0 10mm/s ..mm/s 7213FN1.X10 040 CS/ABB ll drive = S normal operation + 2mm/s 02
7213LD1.G01 040 LIMIT SWITCH LOUVRE DAMPER FOR (HOT GA GS NC 0 100% x 7213LD1.G01 040 HWI drive stop, damper opened external 02
7213LD1.G02 040 LIMIT SWITCH LOUVRE DAMPER FOR (HOT GA GS NC 0 100% x 7213LD1.G02 040 HWI drive stop, damper closed external 02
7213LD1.G03 040 POSITION MONITORING LOUVRE DAMPER FOR (HOT GA GIC 4…20mA 0 100% 7213LD1.G03 040 HWI damper position 02
7213LD1.G=1 POSITION SETPOINT LOUVRE DAMPER FOR (HOT GA SETPOINT 7213LD1.G=1 CS position setpoint 02
7213LD1.G04 040 LIMIT SWITCH LOUVRE DAMPER FOR (HOT GA GS NC 0 100% x 7213LD1.G04 040 HWI drive stop, damper opened internal 02
7213LD1.G05 040 LIMIT SWITCH LOUVRE DAMPER FOR (HOT GA GS NC 0 100% x 7213LD1.G05 040 HWI drive stop, damper closed internal 02
7213LD1.T01 040 TEMPERATURE MEASUREMENT LOUVRE DAMPER FOR (HOT GA TSH NC 0 140°C x °C 7213LD1.T01 040 HWI drive stop 0
7213LD1.X01 040 POSITION MONITORING LOUVRE DAMPER FOR (HOT GA XS NC 0 100% x 7213LD1.X01 040 HWI drive stop, damper opened internal 02
7213LD1.X02 040 POSITION MONITORING LOUVRE DAMPER FOR (HOT GA XS NC 0 100% x 7213LD1.X02 040 HWI drive stop, damper closed internal 02
7213RF1.S01 040 MOTION CONTROL ROTARY FEEDER SSAL NO 0 xxx Hz x Hz 7213RF1.S01 040 GPI alarm, drive stop 01
7213SG1.G01 040 LIMIT SWITCH SHUT OF GATE FOR (PLANT INL GS NC 0 100% x 7213SG1.G01 040 HWI drive stop, damper opened external 02
7213SG1.G02 040 LIMIT SWITCH SHUT OF GATE FOR (PLANT INL GS NC 0 100% x 7213SG1.G02 040 HWI drive stop, damper closed external 02
7213SG1.G04 040 LIMIT SWITCH SHUT OF GATE FOR (PLANT INL GS NC 0 100% x 7213SG1.G03 040 HWI drive stop, damper closed internal, double, tandem 02
7213SG1.G05 040 LIMIT SWITCH SHUT OF GATE FOR (PLANT INL GS NC 0 100% x 7213SG1.G04 040 HWI drive stop, damper opened internal, double, tandem 02
7213SG1.G06 040 LIMIT SWITCH SHUT OF GATE FOR (PLANT INL GS NC 0 100% x 7213SG1.G03 040 HWI drive stop, damper closed internal, double, tandem 02
7213SG1.G07 040 LIMIT SWITCH SHUT OF GATE FOR (PLANT INL GS NC 0 100% x 7213SG1.G04 040 HWI drive stop, damper opened internal, double, tandem 02
7213SG1.T01 040 TEMPERATURE MEASUREMENT SHUT OF GATE FOR (PLANT INL TSH NC 0 xxx°C x °C 7213SG1.T01 040 HWI drive stop 0
7213SG1.X01 040 TORQUE SWITCH SHUT OF GATE FOR (PLANT INL XS NC 0 100% x 7213SG1.X01 040 HWI drive stop, damper opened internal, double, tandem 02
7213SG1.X02 040 TORQUE SWITCH SHUT OF GATE FOR (PLANT INL XS NC 0 100% x 7213SG1.X02 040 HWI drive stop, damper closed internal, double, tandem 02
7213SG1.X03 040 TORQUE SWITCH SHUT OF GATE FOR (PLANT INL XS NC 0 100% x 7213SG1.X03 040 HWI drive stop, damper opened internal, double, tandem 02
7213SG1.X04 040 TORQUE SWITCH SHUT OF GATE FOR (PLANT INL XS NC 0 100% x 7213SG1.X04 040 HWI drive stop, damper closed internal, double, tandem 02
7213FL1.G01 040 LIMIT SWITCH SHUT OF GATE FOR (MILL INLET GS NC 0 100% x Ni8-M18-AZ3X 7213FL1.G01 040 Turck GPI drive stop, damper opened external 02
7213FL1.G02 040 LIMIT SWITCH SHUT OF GATE FOR (MILL INLET GS NC 0 100% x Ni8-M18-AZ3X 7213FL1.G02 040 Turck GPI drive stop, damper closed external 02
7213FL1.G03 040 POSITION MONITORING SHUT OF GATE FOR (MILL INLET GI 4-20mA 0 100% according to Auma terminal plan 7213FL1.G03 040 AUMA GPI 02
7213FL1.G04 040 LIMIT SWITCH SHUT OF GATE FOR (MILL INLET GS NC 0 100% x according to Auma terminal plan 7213FL1.G04 040 AUMA GPI drive stop, damper opened internal, double, tandem 02
7213FL1.G05 040 LIMIT SWITCH SHUT OF GATE FOR (MILL INLET GS NC 0 100% x according to Auma terminal plan 7213FL1.G05 040 AUMA GPI drive stop, damper closed internal, double, tandem 02
7213FL1.G06 040 LIMIT SWITCH SHUT OF GATE FOR (MILL INLET GS NC 0 100% x according to Auma terminal plan 7213FL1.G06 040 AUMA GPI drive stop, damper opened internal, double, tandem 02
7213FL1.G07 040 LIMIT SWITCH SHUT OF GATE FOR (MILL INLET GS NC 0 100% x according to Auma terminal plan 7213FL1.G07 040 AUMA GPI drive stop, damper closed internal, double, tandem 02
7213FL1.T01 040 TEMPERATURE MEASUREMENT SHUT OF GATE FOR (MILL INLET TSH NC 0 xxx°C x °C according to Auma terminal plan 7213FL1.T01 040 AUMA GPI drive stop 02
7213FL1.X01 040 TORQUE SWITCH SHUT OF GATE FOR (MILL INLET XS NC 0 100% x according to Auma terminal plan 7213FL1.X01 040 AUMA GPI drive stop, damper opened internal, double, tandem 02
7213FL1.X02 040 TORQUE SWITCH SHUT OF GATE FOR (MILL INLET XS NC 0 100% x according to Auma terminal plan 7213FL1.X02 040 AUMA GPI drive stop, damper closed internal, double, tandem 02
7213FL1.X03 040 TORQUE SWITCH SHUT OF GATE FOR (MILL INLET XS NC 0 100% x according to Auma terminal plan 7213FL1.X03 040 AUMA GPI drive stop, damper opened internal, double, tandem 02
7213FL1.X04 040 TORQUE SWITCH SHUT OF GATE FOR (MILL INLET XS NC 0 100% x according to Auma terminal plan 7213FL1.X04 040 AUMA GPI drive stop, damper closed internal, double, tandem 02
7215BC1.I01 039 CURRENT INDICATING BELT CONVEYOR IIAHH 4-20mA x 7215BC1.I01 039 ABB alarm 01
7215BC1.I01 039 CURRENT INDICATING BELT CONVEYOR IIAHH 4-20mA x 7215BC1.I01 039 ABB drive stop 01
7215BC1.G24 039 EMERGENCY SWITCH BELT CONVEYOR GZSA 2NC+2NO x SW-4038HA22 7215BC1.G24 039 Jayashree electrod GPI drive stop, alarm 02
7215BC1.G25 039 EMERGENCY SWITCH BELT CONVEYOR GZSA 2NC+2NO x SW-4038HA22 7215BC1.G25 039 Jayashree electrod GPI drive stop, alarm 02
7215BC1.G20 039 MISALIGNMENT SWITCH BELT CONVEYOR GZSA 2NC+2NO x SW-4028HA22 7215BC1.G20 039 Jayashree electrod GPI drive stop, alarm 02
7215BC1.G21 039 MISALIGNMENT SWITCH BELT CONVEYOR GZSA 2NC+2NO x SW-4028HA22 7215BC1.G21 039 Jayashree electrod GPI drive stop, alarm 02
7215BC1.S01 039 MOTION CONTROL BELT CONVEYOR SSAL 2NC+2NO 0 xx Hz xx Hz RM E211 7215BC1.S01 039 Jayashree electrod GPI drive stop, alarm 02
7215BC1.S=1 039 SPEED SETPOINT BELT CONVEYOR SETPOINT 7215BC1.S=1 039 CS setpoint from PLC 02
7215BC1.S02 039 SPEED CONTROL BELT CONVEYOR_THYRISTOR C SIC PA 0 xx m/sec 7215BC1.S02 039 ABB 0
7215BC1.T01 039 TEMPERATURE MEASUREMENT BELT CONVEYOR DRIVE- WIND SIC NC 0 150°C x °C 3 x PTC 7215BC1.T01 039 ABB drive stop 01
7215CH1.G01 040 GS 7215CH1.G01 040 0
7215MS1.S01 040 SSAL 7215MS1.S01 040 0
7215SC1.S01 040 MOTION CONTROL SCREW CONVEYOR SSAL NO 5 300 Hz xx Hz 7215SC1.S01 040 Turck GPI drive stop, alarm 0
7215SM1.L01 040 LEVEL MEASUREMENT SCREW FOR SAMPLE TAKING LSH NO 5 300 Hz xx Hz 7215SM1.L01 040 HWI drive stop, alarm 0
7215SX1.S01 040 SSAL 7215SX1.S01 040 0
7217BF3.P03 039 PRESSURE MEASUREMENT BAG FILTER PSAL NC 0 10bar xx bar 7217BF3.P03 039 Thermax GPI start permission 02
7217BF3.P02 039 PRESSURE DIFFERENCE MEASUREMENTBAG FILTER PdSAL 0 xx bar 7217BF3.P02 039 Thermax GPI 02
7217BF3.P01 039 PRESSURE DIFFERENCE MEASUREMENTBAG FILTER PdISAH PA 0 xx mbar xx mbar 7217BF3.P01 039 Thermax GPI alarm, stop 02
7217BF2.L01 040 LEVEL MONITORING BAG FILTER LSAH NO 0 xxx mm xxx mm 7217BF2.L01 040 GPI alarm, stop 01
7217BF3.L01 040 LEVEL MONITORING BAG FILTER LSAH NO 0 xxx mm xxx mm 7217BF3.L01 040 Thermax GPI alarm, stop 02
7217BF2.T01 040 TEMPERATURE MEASUREMENT BAG FILTER TSAHL PA 0 xxx °C xxx °C 7217BF2.T01 040 ABB alarm 01
7217BF2.T01 040 TEMPERATURE MEASUREMENT BAG FILTER TSAHL PA 0 xxx °C xxx °C 7217BF2.T01 040 ABB permission start mill 01
7217BF3.T01 040 FILTER HEATER CONTROL BAG FILTER TC 0 xxx °C xxx °C 7217BF3.T01 040 02

25.03.2009
AL KATRANA KM
AL KATRANA KM
alarm alarm_
low max
7217BF3.T13 040 TEMPERATURE FILTER BAG FILTER T 0 xxx °C PT100 7217BF3.T13 040 HWI 02
7217BF3.T25 040 TEMPERATURE FILTER OUTLET BAG FILTER TISAH PA 0 xxx °C xxx °C PT100 7217BF3.T44 040 02
7217BF3.X01 040 MOTION CONTROL BAG FILTER, FEEDBACK XSL NO x 7217BF3.X01 040 GPI bag filter is running 02
3 3
7217BF3.F01 040 PRESSURE DIFFERENCE MEASUREMENTAIR FLOW AFTER FILTER FICAL PA 0 xxxxx m /h xxxx m /h 7217BF3.F01 040 ABB alarm 02
7217BF3.G01 040 PROXIMITY SWITCH SLIDE GATE 1 BAG FILTER GS NO x 7217BF3.G01 040 GPI slide gate 1 is open 02
7217BF3.G02 040 PROXIMITY SWITCH SLIDE GATE 1 BAG FILTER GS NO x 7217BF3.G02 040 GPI slide gate 1 is closed 02
7217EX1.G01-G0 040 LIMIT SWITCH EXPLOSION VENT COVER POSIT GS x 7217EX1.G01-G0 040 GPI stop plant, inject inert gas 01
7217FN3.I01 040 POWER MEASUREMENT MILL FAN DRIVE IISAHH PA 0 …kW x 7217FN3.I01 040 CS/ABB alarm 02
7217FN3.I01 040 POWER MEASUREMENT MILL FAN DRIVE IISAHH PA 0 …kW x 7217FN3.I01 040 CS/ABB stop fan drive 02
7217FN3.J01 040 POWER MEASUREMENT MILL FAN DRIVE JISAHH PA 0 …kW x 7217FN3.J01 040 CS/ABB alarm 02
7217FN3.J01 040 POWER MEASUREMENT MILL FAN DRIVE JISAHH PA 0 …kW x 7217FN3.J01 040 CS/ABB stop fan drive 02
7217FN3.T01 040 TEMPERATURE MEASUREMENT MILL FAN DRIVE- WINDING TISAHH 0 ..°C x°C PT100 7217FN3.T01 040 CS/ABB alarm 02
7217FN3.T01 040 TEMPERATURE MEASUREMENT MILL FAN DRIVE- WINDING TISAHH 0 ..°C x°C PT100 7217FN3.T01 040 CS/ABB stop fan drive 02
7217FN3.T07 040 TEMPERATURE MEASUREMENT MILL FAN DRIVE- BEARING B TISAHH 0 ..°C x°C PT100 7217FN3.T07 040 CS/ABB alarm 02
7217FN3.T07 040 TEMPERATURE MEASUREMENT MILL FAN DRIVE- BEARING B TISAHH 0 ..°C x°C PT100 7217FN3.T07 040 CS/ABB stop fan drive 02
7217FN3.T08 040 TEMPERATURE MEASUREMENT MILL FAN DRIVE- BEARING B TISAHH 0 ..°C x°C PT100 7217FN3.T08 040 CS/ABB alarm 02
7217FN3.T08 040 TEMPERATURE MEASUREMENT MILL FAN DRIVE- BEARING B TISAHH 0 ..°C x°C PT100 7217FN3.T08 040 CS/ABB stop fan drive 02
7217FN3.T09 040 TEMPERATURE MEASUREMENT MILL FAN DRIVE- DIAL TYPE TH TISAH 0 ..°C x°C 220 VAC 7217FN3.T09 040 CS/ABB 02
7217FN3.T10 040 TEMPERATURE MEASUREMENT MILL FAN DRIVE- DIAL TYPE TH TISAH 0 ..°C x°C 220 VAC 7217FN3.T10 040 CS/ABB 02
7217FN3.T11 040 TEMPERATURE MEASUREMENT MILL FAN - BEARING B TISAHH 0 ..°C x°C PT100 7217FN3.T11 040 CS/ABB alarm 02
7217FN3.T11 040 TEMPERATURE MEASUREMENT MILL FAN - BEARING B TISAHH 0 ..°C x°C PT100 7217FN3.T11 040 CS/ABB stop fan drive 02
7217FN3.T12 040 TEMPERATURE MEASUREMENT MILL FAN - BEARING B TISAHH 0 ..°C x°C PT100 7217FN3.T12 040 CS/ABB alarm 02
7217FN3.T12 040 TEMPERATURE MEASUREMENT MILL FAN - BEARING B TISAHH 0 ..°C x°C PT100 7217FN3.T12 040 CS/ABB stop fan drive 02
7217FN3.X01 040 VIBRATION MEASUREMENT MILL FAN DRIVE XISAHH 4…20mA 0 10mm/s ..mm/s 220 VAC 7217FN3.X01 040 CS/ABB rm = S normal operation + 1mm/s 02
7217FN3.X01 040 VIBRATION MEASUREMENT MILL FAN DRIVE XISAHH 4…20mA 0 10mm/s ..mm/s 220 VAC 7217FN3.X01 040 CS/ABB fan drive = S normal operation + 2mm/s 02
7217FN3.X02 040 VIBRATION MEASUREMENT MILL FAN DRIVE XISAHH 4…20mA 0 10mm/s ..mm/s 220 VAC 7217FN3.X02 040 CS/ABB rm = S normal operation + 1mm/s 02
7217FN3.X02 040 VIBRATION MEASUREMENT MILL FAN DRIVE XISAHH 4…20mA 0 10mm/s ..mm/s 220 VAC 7217FN3.X02 040 CS/ABB fan drive = S normal operation + 2mm/s 02
7217FN3.X03 040 VIBRATION MEASUREMENT MILL FAN DRIVE XSAH NC 220 VAC 7217FN3.X03 040 CS/ABB ok relais 02
7217FN3.X04 040 VIBRATION MEASUREMENT MILL FAN XIAH 4…20mA 0 10mm/s ..mm/s 220 VAC 7217FN3.X04 040 GPI rm = S normal operation + 1mm/s x-axis 02
7217FN3.X05 040 VIBRATION MEASUREMENT MILL FAN XSAH NC 0 10mm/s ..mm/s 220 VAC 7217FN3.X05 040 GPI fan drive = S normal operation + 2mm/s x-axis 02
7217FN3.X06 040 VIBRATION MEASUREMENT MILL FAN XIAH 4…20mA 0 10mm/s ..mm/s 220 VAC 7217FN3.X06 040 GPI rm = S normal operation + 1mm/s y-axis 02
7217FN3.X07 040 VIBRATION MEASUREMENT MILL FAN XSAH NC 0 10mm/s ..mm/s 220 VAC 7217FN3.X07 040 GPI fan drive = S normal operation + 2mm/s y-axis 02
7217FN3.X08 040 VIBRATION MEASUREMENT MILL FAN XSAH NC 220 VAC 7217FN3.X08 040 GPI ok relais system healthy 02
7217FN3.X09 040 VIBRATION MEASUREMENT MILL FAN XIAH 4…20mA 0 10mm/s ..mm/s 220 VAC 7217FN3.X09 040 GPI rm = S normal operation + 1mm/s x-axis 02
7217FN3.X10 040 VIBRATION MEASUREMENT MILL FAN XSAH NC 0 10mm/s ..mm/s 220 VAC 7217FN3.X10 040 GPI fan drive = S normal operation + 2mm/s x-axis 02
7217FN3.X11 040 VIBRATION MEASUREMENT MILL FAN XIAH 4…20mA 0 10mm/s ..mm/s 220 VAC 7217FN3.X11 040 GPI rm = S normal operation + 1mm/s y-axis 02
7217FN3.X12 040 VIBRATION MEASUREMENT MILL FAN XSAH NC 0 10mm/s ..mm/s 220 VAC 7217FN3.X12 040 GPI fan drive = S normal operation + 2mm/s y-axis 02
7217FN3.X13 040 VIBRATION MEASUREMENT MILL FAN XSAH NC 220 VAC 7217FN3.X13 040 GPI ok relais system healthy 02
7217LD1.G01 040 LIMIT SWITCH DAMPER AHEAD OF MILL-FAN GS NC 0 100% x 7217LD1.G01 040 GPI drive stop, damper opened external 02
7217LD1.G02 040 LIMIT SWITCH DAMPER AHEAD OF MILL-FAN GS NC 0 100% x 7217LD1.G02 040 GPI drive stop, damper closed external 02
7217LD1.G03 040 POSITION MONITORING DAMPER AHEAD OF MILL-FAN GIC 4…20mA 0 100% 7217LD1.G03 040 GPI damper position 02
7217LD1.G=1 POSITION SETPOINT DAMPER AHEAD OF MILL-FAN SETPOINT 7217LD1.G=1 CS position setpoint 02
7217LD1.G04 040 LIMIT SWITCH DAMPER AHEAD OF MILL-FAN GS NO+NC 0 100% x 7217LD1.G04 040 GPI drive stop, damper opened internal, double, tandem 02
7217LD1.G05 040 LIMIT SWITCH DAMPER AHEAD OF MILL-FAN GS NO+NC 0 100% x 7217LD1.G05 040 GPI drive stop, damper closed internal, double, tandem 02
7217LD1.G06 040 LIMIT SWITCH DAMPER AHEAD OF MILL-FAN GS NO+NC 0 100% x 7217LD1.G06 040 GPI drive stop, damper opened internal, double, tandem 02
7217LD1.G07 040 LIMIT SWITCH DAMPER AHEAD OF MILL-FAN GS NO+NC 0 100% x 7217LD1.G07 040 GPI drive stop, damper closed internal, double, tandem 02
7217LD1.T01 040 TEMPERATURE MEASUREMENT DAMPER AHEAD OF MILL-FAN TSH NC 0 xxx°C x °C 7217LD1.T01 040 GPI drive stop 02
7217LD1.X01 040 TORQUE SWITCH DAMPER AHEAD OF MILL-FAN XS NO+NC 0 100% x 7217LD1.X01 040 GPI drive stop, damper opened internal, double, tandem 02

25.03.2009
AL KATRANA KM
AL KATRANA KM
alarm alarm_
low max
7217LD1.X02 040 TORQUE SWITCH DAMPER AHEAD OF MILL-FAN XS NO+NC 0 100% x 7217LD1.X02 040 GPI drive stop, damper closed internal, double, tandem 02
7217LD1.X03 040 TORQUE SWITCH DAMPER AHEAD OF MILL-FAN XS NO+NC 0 100% x 7217LD1.X03 040 GPI drive stop, damper opened internal, double, tandem 02
7217LD1.X04 040 TORQUE SWITCH DAMPER AHEAD OF MILL-FAN XS NO+NC 0 100% x 7217LD1.X04 040 GPI drive stop, damper closed internal, double, tandem 02
7217FN2.I01 040 CURRENT INDICATING FAN - BAG FILTER II 7217FN2.I01 040 0
7217FR2.S01 040 MOTION CONTROL ROTARY FEEDER - BAG FILTER SSAL 7217FR2.S01 040 0
7217LD2.G01 040 LIMIT SWITCH EXHAUST GAS DAMPER GS NO 0 100% x 20...253VAC/V NBB10-30GM50-WS 7217LD2.G01 040 P&F GPI drive stop, damper opened external 02
7217LD2.G02 040 LIMIT SWITCH EXHAUST GAS DAMPER GS NO 0 100% x 20...253VAC/V NBB10-30GM50-WS 7217LD2.G02 040 P&F GPI drive stop, damper closed external 02
7217LD2.G03 040 POSITION MONITORING EXHAUST GAS DAMPER GIC 4…20mA 0 100% 4…20mA loop 7217LD2.G03 040 GPI damper position 02
7217LD2.G=1 POSITION SETPOINT EXHAUST GAS DAMPER SETPOINT 7217LD2.G=1 CS position setpoint 02
7217LD2.G04 040 LIMIT SWITCH EXHAUST GAS DAMPER GS NO+NC 0 100% x 7217LD2.G04 040 GPI drive stop, damper opened internal, double, tandem 02
7217LD2.G05 040 LIMIT SWITCH EXHAUST GAS DAMPER GS NO+NC 0 100% x 7217LD2.G05 040 GPI drive stop, damper closed internal, double, tandem 02
7217LD2.G06 040 LIMIT SWITCH EXHAUST GAS DAMPER GS NO+NC 0 100% x 7217LD2.G06 040 GPI drive stop, damper opened internal, double, tandem 02
7217LD2.G07 040 LIMIT SWITCH EXHAUST GAS DAMPER GS NO+NC 0 100% x 7217LD2.G07 040 GPI drive stop, damper closed internal, double, tandem 02
7217LD2.T01 040 TEMPERATURE MEASUREMENT EXHAUST GAS DAMPER TSH NC 0 xxx°C x °C 7217LD2.T01 040 GPI drive stop 02
7217LD2.X01 040 TORQUE SWITCH EXHAUST GAS DAMPER XS NO+NC 0 100% x 7217LD2.X01 040 GPI drive stop, damper opened internal, double, tandem 02
7217LD2.X02 040 TORQUE SWITCH EXHAUST GAS DAMPER XS NO+NC 0 100% x 7217LD2.X02 040 GPI drive stop, damper closed internal, double, tandem 02
7217LD2.X03 040 TORQUE SWITCH EXHAUST GAS DAMPER XS NO+NC 0 100% x 7217LD2.X03 040 GPI drive stop, damper opened internal, double, tandem 02
7217LD2.X04 040 TORQUE SWITCH EXHAUST GAS DAMPER XS NO+NC 0 100% x 7217LD2.X04 040 GPI drive stop, damper closed internal, double, tandem 02
7217LD3.G01 040 LIMIT SWITCH DAMPER IN RECIRCULATION LIN GS NO 0 100% x 20...253VAC/V NBB10-30GM50-WS 7217LD3.G01 040 P&F GPI drive stop, damper opened external 02
7217LD3.G02 040 LIMIT SWITCH DAMPER IN RECIRCULATION LIN GS NO 0 100% x 20...253VAC/V NBB10-30GM50-WS 7217LD3.G02 040 P&F GPI drive stop, damper closed external 02
7217LD3.G03 040 POSITION MONITORING DAMPER IN RECIRCULATION LIN GIC 4…20mA 0 100% 4…20mA loop 7217LD3.G03 040 GPI damper position 02
7217LD3.G=1 POSITION SETPOINT DAMPER IN RECIRCULATION LIN SETPOINT 7217LD3.G=1 CS position setpoint 02
7217LD3.G04 040 LIMIT SWITCH DAMPER IN RECIRCULATION LIN GS NO+NC 0 100% x 7217LD3.G04 040 GPI drive stop, damper opened internal, double, tandem 02
7217LD3.G05 040 LIMIT SWITCH DAMPER IN RECIRCULATION LIN GS NO+NC 0 100% x 7217LD3.G05 040 GPI drive stop, damper closed internal, double, tandem 02
7217LD3.G06 040 LIMIT SWITCH DAMPER IN RECIRCULATION LIN GS NO+NC 0 100% x 7217LD3.G06 040 GPI drive stop, damper opened internal, double, tandem 02
7217LD3.G07 040 LIMIT SWITCH DAMPER IN RECIRCULATION LIN GS NO+NC 0 100% x 7217LD3.G07 040 GPI drive stop, damper closed internal, double, tandem 02
7217LD3.T01 040 TEMPERATURE MEASUREMENT DAMPER IN RECIRCULATION LIN TSH NC 0 xxx°C x °C 7217LD3.T01 040 GPI drive stop 02
7217LD3.X01 040 TORQUE SWITCH DAMPER IN RECIRCULATION LIN XS NO+NC 0 100% x 7217LD3.X01 040 GPI drive stop, damper opened internal, double, tandem 02
7217LD3.X02 040 TORQUE SWITCH DAMPER IN RECIRCULATION LIN XS NO+NC 0 100% x 7217LD3.X02 040 GPI drive stop, damper closed internal, double, tandem 02
7217LD3.X03 040 TORQUE SWITCH DAMPER IN RECIRCULATION LIN XS NO+NC 0 100% x 7217LD3.X03 040 GPI drive stop, damper opened internal, double, tandem 02
7217LD3.X04 040 TORQUE SWITCH DAMPER IN RECIRCULATION LIN XS NO+NC 0 100% x 7217LD3.X04 040 GPI drive stop, damper closed internal, double, tandem 02
7217GA1.Q01 039 GAS ANALYSIS O2 LEVEL BAG FILTER OUTLE QIRSAHH PA 0 25% x% 7217GA1.Q01 039 ABB alarm, inertisation by operator 0
7217GA1.Q01 039 GAS ANALYSIS O2 LEVEL BAG FILTER OUTLE QIRSAHH PA 0 25% x% 7217GA1.Q01 039 ABB alarm, inertisation start, stop plant 0
7217GA1.Q02 039 GAS ANALYSIS CO LEVEL BAG FILTER OUTLET QIRSAHH PA 0 2000 ppm xx ppm 7217GA1.Q02 039 ABB alarm, inertisation by operator 0
7217GA1.Q02 039 GAS ANALYSIS CO LEVEL BAG FILTER OUTLET QIRSAHH PA 0 25% xx ppm 7217GA1.Q02 039 ABB alarm, inertisation start, only active whwn mill is of 0
3 3
7217GA2.Q01 039 DUST ANALYSIS BAG FILTER OUTLET, DUST LOA QIRSAHH PA 0 1000 mg/m xx mg/m 7217GA2.Q01 039 ABB alarm 0
7217GA2.Q01 039 DUST ANALYSIS BAG FILTER OUTLET, DUST LOA QIRSAHH PA 0 25% xx mg/m3 7217GA2.Q01 039 ABB stop plant 0
7217RF3.S01 039 MOTION CONTROL ROTARY FEEDER - BAG FILTER SSAL NO 5 300Hz x Hz 7217RF3.S01 039 GPI alarm, drive stop 02
7217SC2.S01 040 MOTION CONTROL SCREW CONVEYOR-BAG FILTER SSAL 7217SC2.S01 040 0
7217SC3.S01 040 MOTION CONTROL SCREW CONVEYOR-BAG FILTER SSAL 7217SC3.S01 040 0
7217FL1.G01 040 LIMIT SWITCH SHUT OF GATE FOR (FILTER INL GS NC 0 100% x Ni8-M18-AZ3X 7217FL1.G01 040 Turck GPI drive stop, shut of gate opened external 02
7217FL1.G02 040 LIMIT SWITCH SHUT OF GATE FOR (FILTER INL GS NC 0 100% x Ni8-M18-AZ3X 7217FL1.G02 040 Turck GPI drive stop, shut of gate closed external 02
7217FL1.G03 040 POSITION MONITORING SHUT OF GATE FOR (FILTER INL GI 4-20mA 0 100% according to Auma terminal plan 7217FL1.G03 040 AUMA GPI 02
7217FL1.G04 040 LIMIT SWITCH SHUT OF GATE FOR (FILTER INL GS NC 0 100% x according to Auma terminal plan 7217FL1.G04 040 AUMA GPI drive stop, shut of gate opened internal, double, tandem 02
7217FL1.G05 040 LIMIT SWITCH SHUT OF GATE FOR (FILTER INL GS NC 0 100% x according to Auma terminal plan 7217FL1.G05 040 AUMA GPI drive stop, shut of gate closed internal, double, tandem 02
7217FL1.G06 040 LIMIT SWITCH SHUT OF GATE FOR (FILTER INL GS NC 0 100% x according to Auma terminal plan 7217FL1.G06 040 AUMA GPI drive stop, shut of gate opened internal, double, tandem 02
7217FL1.G07 040 LIMIT SWITCH SHUT OF GATE FOR (FILTER INL GS NC 0 100% x according to Auma terminal plan 7217FL1.G07 040 AUMA GPI drive stop, shut of gate closed internal, double, tandem 02
7217FL1.T01 040 TEMPERATURE MEASUREMENT SHUT OF GATE FOR (FILTER INL TSH NC 0 xxx°C x °C according to Auma terminal plan 7217FL1.T01 040 AUMA GPI drive stop 02
7217FL1.X01 040 TORQUE SWITCH SHUT OF GATE FOR (FILTER INL XS NC 0 100% x according to Auma terminal plan 7217FL1.X01 040 AUMA GPI drive stop, shut of gate opened internal, double, tandem 02
7217FL1.X02 040 TORQUE SWITCH SHUT OF GATE FOR (FILTER INL XS NC 0 100% x according to Auma terminal plan 7217FL1.X02 040 AUMA GPI drive stop, shut of gate closed internal, double, tandem 02
7217FL1.X03 040 TORQUE SWITCH SHUT OF GATE FOR (FILTER INL XS NC 0 100% x according to Auma terminal plan 7217FL1.X03 040 AUMA GPI drive stop, shut of gate opened internal, double, tandem 02
7217FL1.X04 040 TORQUE SWITCH SHUT OF GATE FOR (FILTER INL XS NC 0 100% x according to Auma terminal plan 7217FL1.X04 040 AUMA GPI drive stop, shut of gate closed internal, double, tandem 02
7217FL2.G01 040 LIMIT SWITCH SHUT OF GATE FOR (FILTER OU GS NC 0 100% x Ni8-M18-AZ3X 7217FL2.G01 040 Turck GPI drive stop, shut of gate closed external 02
7217FL2.G02 040 LIMIT SWITCH SHUT OF GATE FOR (FILTER OU GS NC 0 100% x Ni8-M18-AZ3X 7217FL2.G02 040 Turck GPI drive stop, shut of gate closed external 02
7217FL2.G03 040 POSITION MONITORING SHUT OF GATE FOR (FILTER OU GI 4-20mA 0 100% according to Auma terminal plan 7217FL2.G03 040 AUMA GPI 02
7217FL2.G04 040 LIMIT SWITCH SHUT OF GATE FOR (FILTER OU GS NC 0 100% x according to Auma terminal plan 7217FL2.G04 040 AUMA GPI drive stop, shut of gate opened internal, double, tandem 02
7217FL2.G05 040 LIMIT SWITCH SHUT OF GATE FOR (FILTER OU GS NC 0 100% x according to Auma terminal plan 7217FL2.G05 040 AUMA GPI drive stop, shut of gate closed internal, double, tandem 02
7217FL2.G06 040 LIMIT SWITCH SHUT OF GATE FOR (FILTER OU GS NC 0 100% x according to Auma terminal plan 7217FL2.G06 040 AUMA GPI drive stop, shut of gate opened internal, double, tandem 02
7217FL2.G07 040 LIMIT SWITCH SHUT OF GATE FOR (FILTER OU GS NC 0 100% x according to Auma terminal plan 7217FL2.G07 040 AUMA GPI drive stop, shut of gate closed internal, double, tandem 02
7217FL2.T01 040 TEMPERATURE MEASUREMENT SHUT OF GATE FOR (FILTER OU TSH NC 0 xxx°C x °C according to Auma terminal plan 7217FL2.T01 040 AUMA GPI drive stop 02
7217FL2.X01 040 TORQUE SWITCH SHUT OF GATE FOR (FILTER OU XS NC 0 100% x according to Auma terminal plan 7217FL2.X01 040 AUMA GPI drive stop, shut of gate opened internal, double, tandem 02
7217FL2.X02 040 TORQUE SWITCH SHUT OF GATE FOR (FILTER OU XS NC 0 100% x according to Auma terminal plan 7217FL2.X02 040 AUMA GPI drive stop, shut of gate closed internal, double, tandem 02
7217FL2.X03 040 TORQUE SWITCH SHUT OF GATE FOR (FILTER OU XS NC 0 100% x according to Auma terminal plan 7217FL2.X03 040 AUMA GPI drive stop, shut of gate opened internal, double, tandem 02
7217FL2.X04 040 TORQUE SWITCH SHUT OF GATE FOR (FILTER OU XS NC 0 100% x according to Auma terminal plan 7217FL2.X04 040 AUMA GPI drive stop, shut of gate closed internal, double, tandem 02


Chap 1-10

Uploaded by

Copyright:

Available Formats

Chap 1-10

Uploaded by

Document Information

Original Title

Copyright

Available Formats

Share this document

Share or Embed Document

Sharing Options

Did you find this document useful?

Is this content inappropriate?

Copyright:

Available Formats

Chap 1-10

Uploaded by

Copyright:

Available Formats

TP/Bz-TK/Pt-ds

GEBR. PFEIFFER AG KAISERSLAUTERN - 2008

for grinding plant

with roller mill type MPS 250 BK

Order No.: 25301 - 25313 + 25675 + 25981

Manufacturing year: 2008

Customer: KHD Humboldt Wedag GmbH

Project: KATRANA CEMENT COMPANY (KCC)

Manufacturer: Gebr. Pfeiffer AG

Telephone: ++49 (0) 631 / 41 61-0

Foreword to the operating instructions

The instruction manual contains important information on how to operate the

The instruction manual is to be supplemented by the respective national rules and

- operation including setting up, troubleshooting in the course of work,

- maintenance (servicing, inspection, repair) and/or

no.: 200800286 checked on: 28.11.2008

Rev checked, appoved by date language documents

00 Mr. Barz // Mr. Prägert 20.11.2008 E/D first editon

1. Process data File 1

2. Fundamental safety instructions

4. Transport and erection

8.2 Inspection and servicing

8.3 Lubrication instructions

8.4.10 Removal of grit cone and louvre

9. Spare parts File 2

10. Lists and drawings

11. Plant components

11.1 Overbelt magnetic separator File 3

11.2 Metal detector, with

11.3 Conveying belt

11.4 Self-purifying rotary feeder, with

11.5 Proportioning station, with File 4

11.6 Tension device for the roller mill, with File 5

11.7 Lift-and-Swing System, with

11.8 Seal air system, with

11.9 Water injection, with File 6

11.10 Mill drive, with File 7

11.11 Vibration monitoring for the mill gearbox

11.12 Classifier drive, with File 8

11.13 Plant fan, with

11.14 Rotary locks, for

11.15 Pulverized coal screw conveyors File 9

11.16 Flaps and dampers in the plant

11.17 Pressure release hood

11.18 Process filter for coal grinding plant File 10

11.19 Expansion joints

( 0000.00 ) corresponds to the identification numbers in the flow sheet.

1.1 Rating data

Feed material (main component): pet coke

Feed size: 0 – 60 mm max.

Grinding output: 30 t/h pet coke

Product fineness: 4 % residue on 0.090 mm

Residual moisture: ≤ 0.5 %

Inlet temperature: max. 185°C

Outlet temperature: max. 95°C

Volume flow: max. 46,000 nm³/h at mill inlet

Hardgrove index: 60° HGI

Burning and explosion characteristics:

¾ Dust explosion classification: St1 (KSt 0 – 200 bar m/s) (assumed)